Your email was sent successfully. Check your inbox.

An error occurred while sending the email. Please try again.

Proceed reservation?

Export
Filter
  • Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development  (2,353)
  • Edward Elgar Publishing  (1,983)
  • Deutsche Gesellschaft für Soziologie (DGS)
  • Electronic Text Center
Datasource
Material
Language
Author, Corporation
  • 101
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788117449
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in innovation management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Damanpour, Fariborz Organizational innovation
    Keywords: Organizational change ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I. Innovations and organizations -- 1. Research on organizational innovation -- 2. Concepts, theories, and contexts -- Part II. Elements of organizational innovation -- 3. Types of innovation - technical, nontechnical, hybrid -- 4. Spectrum of innovation radicalness -- 5. Process of innovation - generation, adoption -- 6. Openness of innovation process -- Part III. Sources of innovations in organizations -- 7. Primary antecedents of organizational innovation -- 8. Moderators, mediators, and measurement of innovation -- Part IV. Performance consequences of innovation -- 9. Innovation and organizational performance -- 10. Innovation pattern, complementarity, and performance -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "This comprehensive book synthesises research from the past 50 years of innovation studies, addressing the main elements and providing a connected perspective on innovation within organizations. It explores the generation and adoption of both technological and non-technological innovations, offering a coherent and systematic view of the process. Fariborz Damanpour examines innovation activity and internal mechanisms and processes in both business and non-business organizations, providing an overview of key concepts, terms and theory. Insights from behavioral, economic and structure-based perspectives are used to explain existing findings and help the reader navigate current research on the management of innovation, as well as offering ideas and frameworks to guide new studies. Organizational Innovation will be an invaluable resource for researchers and graduate-level students of management and organization studies, particularly those working on the management of innovation and technology. It will also prove useful to educators in the field as a reference work for students"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 102
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789906721
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (104 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Game changers and ground breakers series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Gründungsausbildung ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Welt ; Businesspeople ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Scholarship, knowledge, concepts -- 2. Entrepreneurship as an academic subject -- 3. Knowledge and reality -- 4. Scholar and entrepreneur -- 5. A framework for scholarly inquiry -- 6. Awakening the entrepreneurial scholar -- Conclusion -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "What does it mean to be an entrepreneurial scholar? Dimo Dimov draws on an eclectic range of philosophical ideas to investigate the study of entrepreneurs and makes the case for entrepreneurial scholarship to become more holistic, dynamic, and future oriented. This thought-provoking book argues that entrepreneurs seek to put knowledge in the service of the future, whereas scholars seek to put the future in the service of knowledge. Engaging with this tension, Dimov explores the relationship between the study of entrepreneurship and the entrepreneurs who are studied. Creating a framework for entrepreneurial scholarship, this concise book highlights four distinct styles and approaches to the field: theoretical, integrative, craft, and clinical. He invites reflection on the role and place of entrepreneurs in modern society, and puts the case that the entrepreneurial scholar should embrace inter-disciplinarity as a way of engaging with entrepreneurship as a holistic experience, and draw on design science as a way of improving the art and skills of entrepreneurship. This innovative book will be a stimulating read for academics and students of entrepreneurship, and its accessible format will also appeal to reflective practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 103
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788979757
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 pages)
    Series Statement: Handbooks of business and management research as practice series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of intuition research as practice
    Keywords: Intuition ; Entscheidung ; Management ; Intuition Research ; Business Decision making ; Psychological aspects ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction - new advances in intuition research / Marta Sinclair -- Part 1 - intuition as Part of an integrated approach to decision making -- 1. Intuiting and reasoning: Facilitating subconscious and conscious processing for better decisions in organizations / Jaana Woiceshyn -- 2. Adaptive decision making processes in crisis management / Bjorn T. Bakken and Thorvald Haerem -- 3. Nursing students' decision making in clinical simulation / Jean E. Pretz, Amanda L. Price, Kristen D. Zulkosky and Krista A. White -- 4. The use of intuitive expertise in acquisition-making: An explorative study / Michael Grant, Fredrik Nilsson and Anna-Carin Nordvall -- 5. Uncovering opportunity: Expert vs. Novice entrepreneurs' use of intuitive and analytical decision-making / Mingyang Wang and Jenny Gibb -- 6. Investigating entrepreneurial use of intuition and rationality in decision-making: A QCA approach / Ariel Nian Gani, Allard C. R. van Riel, Sandra Streukens and Andreas Grössler -- 7. Presence of intuition in the process of strategic decision-making / Delfina Biščak -- Part 2 - different roles of affect in intuiting -- 8. What is feeling, and how does it function in intuition? / Lois Isenman -- 9. Psychophysical measurement of intuition / Galang Lufityanto -- 10. Exploring intuition and decision-making across the 'three brains' / Grant Soosalu and Suzanne Henwood -- 11. Are all intuitions the same? Or does it depend on the factor that triggers them? / Marta Sinclair -- 12. Moral intuition and moral leader development / Maxim Egorov and Armin Pircher Verdorfer -- Part 3 - cultural and collective views on intuition -- 13. Japanese style of "genbaism": Combining intuitive, logical, and holistic thinking through experience / Kazuhito Isomura and Akihiko Kobayashi -- 14. "wuity" - the proposed third cognitive model for mindful creative problem solving: A case study of two Chinese aerospace projects / Xin Wang -- 15. Group intuition and intentionality: Collective action at-a-distance? / Raymond Trevor Bradley -- Part 4 - developing intuition in practical settings -- 16. Resourcing intuition in practice / Satu Teerikangas, Marja Turunen and Liisa Välikangas -- 17. Facilitating intuitive decision making and an entrepreneurial mindset in corporate culture - a case study / L.Murray Gillin -- 18. The contribution of mental simulation to the development of intuition / Bianca Steffen, Michael Goller and Christian Harteis -- 19. Enhancing intuition in problem solving through problem finding / Paola Iannello, Barbara Colombo, Serena Germagnoli and Alessandro Antonietti -- Part 5 - researching intuition from new perspectives -- 20. Talking intuitions into existence: The role of ventriloquism figures / Nora Meziani -- 21. Researching intuition through metaphor / Heather Cairns-Lee -- 22. Intuition: Scientific, non-scientific or unscientific? / Viktor Dörfler and Alina Bas -- Index.
    Abstract: "How can intuition research inform practice? As the use of intuition in business has become more widely accepted, companies struggle to understand how to use this additional resource efficiently, while corporate trainers and university educators lack tools to develop it as a skill. This truly international Handbook provides relevant answers with: chapters by academics and practitioners, written in a concise, digestible format to make it accessible to non-academic readers empirical studies from multiple industry/service sectors that demonstrate an integrated use of intuition and analysis in decision making studies from industry and education that demonstrate how to develop intuition, including a ground-breaking research in problem solving non-Western perspectives illustrated on case studies from Japan and China use of language protocols/methods to bring intuition into our awareness new research into group/collective intuition (based on language analysis and quantum physics) research related to sensing and sense making. Due to its focus on bridging theory and practice, the Handbook is of value not only to academics and organizational researchers but also to industry professionals, corporate trainers and university educators who search for answers on how to incorporate intuition into a common skill set. Accessible in style, it will also appeal to educated business readers"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 104
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789900033
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Gründungsausbildung ; Ausbilder ; Entrepreneurship ; Welt ; Entrepreneurship Study and teaching ; Business teachers ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Part I: The early years -- 1 deep learning and ee: Engage the world, change the world / Max Drummy -- 2 ee-stem in primary-middle years / James Davis -- 3 space to question / Catherine Brentnall -- 4 ee teachers: Agents of agency / Shani Hartley -- 5 the early years / Colin Jones -- Part II: The pre-graduate years -- 6 the art of making it possible / Paz Fernández de Vera -- 7 developing enterprising habits / Lesley Cottrell -- 8 creating giants / Maria Sourgiadaki -- 9 if i could ... Before i do / Colin Jones -- 10 insights of an accidental enterprise educator / Penny Matthews -- 11 the pre-graduate years / Colin Jones -- Part III: The graduate years -- 12 sheep assisted: The importance of being open to diversion / Elinor Vettraino -- 13 from instructor to educator / Norris Krueger -- 14 designing change: Seeing beyond the obvious and influencing others / Andy Penaluna -- 15 slow, lazy and stupid / Elena Oikkonen -- 16 getting curious about creativity: The why and the how? / Kathryn Penaluna -- 17 the graduate years / Colin Jones -- Part IV: The post-graduate years -- 18 if you're riding a dead horse, dismount! / Zen Parry -- 19 authentic grit: The elusive (but essential) entrepreneurial trait / Alex Maritz -- 20 specialist in enterprise and employability in uk he / Amy Gerrard -- 21 team entrepreneurial learning: Building sustainable businesses / Ainurul Rosli and Jane Chang -- 22 student-centred action learning / John Dobson -- 23 the post-graduate years / Colin Jones -- References -- / Index.
    Abstract: "With an increasing global demand for entrepreneurship education, and the need to prepare students for the challenges of an ever-changing world of work, Colin Jones tackles the difficult question: just where do these educators come from to meet this demand? How to Become an Entrepreneurship Educator is the first book to tackle how we create expert entrepreneurship educators at all levels of education. Using activity theory as a lens, the book unites the developmental trajectories of 20 eminent contemporary experts at different levels of enterprise and entrepreneurship education. Jones identifies these journeys in order to share the collective lessons learned. By highlighting a range of global insights, readers are enabled to reflect on their own strategies, creating order in the domain of enterprise and entrepreneurship education - an order that holds the power to propel the domain of enterprise and entrepreneurship education onwards to new heights. Such highly reflective accounts of how to teach entrepreneurship will be an invaluable guide to educators from numerous backgrounds to contemplate new strategies for teaching enterprise and entrepreneurship in the context of their own choosing"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 105
    ISBN: 9781789907834
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Project method in teaching ; Project management Methodology ; Project management Study and teaching ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction how to manage student consulting projects -- 1. Experiential learning at babson college -- 2. The realities of running student consulting teams and best practices -- 3. Recruiting and selecting clients/projects, students, project advisors and program administrators -- 4. First steps to take in managing student project teams -- 5. Managing student project teams throughout the semester -- 6. Evaluation, learning, virtual teams and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: "How to Manage Student Consulting Projects describes the key principles and tools needed by project advisors to manage student consulting projects in an academic setting. The authors highlight different approaches for managing student consulting teams, including an innovative model in which graduate students manage undergraduates. This model of experiential learning suggests that project advisors should include reflection of learning as a key outcome for any student consulting project. The book also emphasizes the importance of evaluating both team and individual performance in a project's overall success, and data are shown on the positive impact that student teams have had on clients. In addition to offering strategies that project advisors can use to improve project performance, the book provides information for program administrators and deans, as well as project managers in non-academic settings, to help in the development and running of project-based learning"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 106
    ISBN: 9781789901788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on railway regulation
    DDC: 385.068
    RVK:
    Keywords: Schienenverkehr ; Regulierung ; Bahnpolitik ; Welt ; Railroads and state ; Railroads ; Railroads ; Railroads ; Safety measures ; Railroads ; Safety regulations ; Handbooks and manuals ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Eisenbahnverkehr ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Railway regulation: A comparative analysis of a diverging reality / Juan Montero and Matthias Finger -- 2. Railway regulation in Germany / Thomas Fetzer -- 3. The ongoing process of liberalization of the railway sector in France / Stéphane de la Rosa -- 4. Developments in rail regulation in britain / Chris Nash and Andrew Smith -- 5. Railway regulation in Italy / Nadia Bert and Germano Guglielmi -- 6. Spain: Between the failure of freight and the success of high speed / Alberto Garcia Alvarez -- 7. Railways in Switzerland / Matthias Finger -- 8. Regulatory challenges of open-access passenger competition in the Czech Republic / Zdeněk Tomeš, Martin Kvizda, Monika Jandová and Václav Rederer -- 9. China's railway development: A cyclical process of de-regulation and re-regulation / Linda Tjia Yin-nor -- 10. Railways in south korea / Leif Karlén -- 11. Indian railways: Challenges and opportunities / Rachna Gangwar -- 12. Railways in Japan / Fumio Kurosaki -- 13. Rail sector reforms and regulation in Russia / Yu.Z. Saakyan -- 14. The deregulation of Turkish railways / Şahin Ardıyok and Evren Sesli -- 15. Railways and railways regulation in the United States: Surely you don't want jones back? / Russell Pittman -- 16. Towards a new architecture for technical regulation of Europe's railways / Christian Chavanel -- 17. Regulating rail mass transit: A century-long legacy and still looking for fine tuning / Pierre Messulam -- 18. Competitive tendering for regional trains: What can be learnt from economic literature? / Patricia Perennes -- 19. Competition law challenges in domestic rail passenger services / Mariarosaria Ganino -- 20. Financing railways / Georg Götz and Jan Thomas Schäfer -- 21. The consumer perspective on railways / Mark van Hagen -- 22. Competition in the market of rail passenger services: The experience of small and medium-sized new entrants in long-distance services in Europe / Rodolfo Ramos -- 23. High-speed rail: From first principles to final expectations / Michel Leboeuf -- 24. The digitalization dilemma in the railway industry / Juan Montero -- Index.
    Abstract: "Taking a global approach, this insightful Handbook brings together leading researchers to provide a comprehensive overview of the state-of-the-art in railway regulation with a particular focus on countries that rely heavily on railways for transportation links, such as Japan, India and France. Despite numerous liberalisation attempts in recent years, the railway sector is still excessively complex, with regulations varying throughout the world. The Handbook on Railway Regulation gathers, for the first time, these various approaches and practices, using a historical and systematic approach to identify the main lessons for all countries. The Handbook also considers the most pressing issues for those working in and with railway systems, and outlines future trends in the development of global rail. Specific topics covered include the digitalization dilemma in the industry, rail sector reforms and regulation, and competition in the market for rail freight and passenger services. This Handbook provides an invaluable contribution to the discussion of railway regulation worldwide, and will be a crucial compendium for students and scholars of transportation, regulation and competition looking to explore different approaches to the topic. This will also be an invaluable read for railway policymakers and regulators looking to deepen their understanding of contemporary regulations around the world"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 107
    ISBN: 9781839109508
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als 30 years of transition in Europe
    DDC: 330.94
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Systemtransformation ; Politischer Wandel ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Geschichte ; Mitteleuropa ; Osteuropa ; Südosteuropa ; Economic development ; Economic history ; Economic policy ; Europe History 20th century ; Europe Economic conditions 20th century ; Europe ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Europäische Union ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Geschichte
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- PART I A historic transformation: heterogeneity in CESEE in a changing global context -- 1 Looking back on 30 years of transition - and looking 30 years ahead / Robert Holzmann -- 2 1989: the year of the great ambivalence / Anton Pelinka -- 3 The price of unity: the transformation of Germany and Eastern Europe after 1989 / Philipp Ther -- PART II A central banker's view on monetary policy during transition -- 4 Monetary policy challenges during transition: the case of Serbia / Jorgovanka Tabaković and Ana Ivković -- 5 Monetary milestones of the past 30 years: the Czech National Bank's view / Jiří Rusnok -- 6 Croatia - from hyperinflation to the road to the euro area / Boris Vujčić and Katja Gattin Turkalj -- PART III Modes of transition: the impact of different economic policy approaches -- 7 Ten lessons from thirty years of post-communist economic transformation / Anders Åslund -- 8 The impact of different transition patterns and approaches on economic development in EU-CEE11, Russia and Ukraine / Marina Gruševaja -- 9 Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe's reunion with Europe / Andrzej Sławiński -- PART IV Lessons from three decades of catching-up in Asia -- 10 Catching-up in Central and Eastern Europe and East Asia - commonalities and differences / Michael A. Landesmann -- 11 Chinese multinationals in East Central Europe: structural, institutional or political considerations? / Ágnes Szunomár -- PART V Challenges for CESEE's near future: monetary and financial stability -- 12 Did macroprudential policies play a role in stabilizing the credit and capital flow cycle in CESEE? / Markus Eller, Helene Schuberth and Lukas Vashold -- 13 30 years of monetary and exchange rate regimes in Central and Eastern Europe: what has changed, and what is next? / Johannes Wiegand -- PART VI The future of CESEE: the impact of megatrends -- 14 At the start of a new leadership of the European Commission and the European Central Bank: where is the place of Central and Eastern Europe? / Martin Selmayr -- 15 Will the EU overcome the East-West divide? / Ada Ámon -- 16 Demographic change in Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe: trends, determinants and challenges / Tomáš Sobotka and Alexia Fürnkranz-Prskawetz -- 17 The demographic challenge of Eastern Europe and potential policy options / Mario Holzner -- Index.
    Abstract: "This thought-provoking book investigates the political and economic transformation that has taken place over the past three decades in Central, Eastern and Southeastern Europe (CESEE) since the fall of the Iron Curtain. Through an examination of both the successes and shortcomings of post communist reform and the challenges ahead for the region, it explores the topical issues of economic transition and integration, highlighting important lessons to be learned. Featuring contributions from both top academics and experienced policymakers, 30 Years of Transition in Europe first discusses the process of transition in CESEE from a historical perspective, analysing the impacts of differing approaches on economic and monetary policy, the role of central banks and the speed of reform in various countries of the region. Chapters also compare CESEE transformations to emerging economies in Asia, and examine contemporary concerns around financial and monetary stability, as well as exploring the long-term determinants of economic growth such as digitalization, climate change and demographic trends. Economists, central bankers, and policymakers in the banking sector and other international financial organizations will find this book an enlightening read. It will also be useful for academics in economics and politics with a particular interest in emerging European economies and European integration"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 108
    ISBN: 9781786434678
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New horizons in marketing series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Social marketing and advertising in the age of social media
    DDC: 658.8/72
    Keywords: Social Marketing ; Online-Marketing ; Social Web ; Werbung ; Ethik ; Social marketing ; Social media Economic aspects ; Internet advertising ; Internet marketing ; Social marketing ; Social networks ; Computer network resources ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1 Reinforcing the 'social' in social marketing / Lukas Parker and Linda Brennan -- So what is social marketing? -- What social marketing is not -- Book structure -- References -- Social marketing frameworks / Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker and Ella Chorazy -- Approaches to social marketing -- Social marketing frameworks -- Social marketing and de-marketing strategies -- Systems thinking and behavioural ecological systems -- A targeted social marketing toolkit -- The types of social marketing activities undertaken at each level -- Conclusion -- References -- Social media mechanics and marketing strategy / Dang Nguyen, Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Nhat-Tram Phan-Le and Ella Chorazy -- Getting started: from social network sites to social media --- People power: how information spreads on social networks -- Experience and engagement: how social media function -- Conclusion -- References -- The Four Es: ingredients for successful social advertising / Linda Brennan, Lynn Poole, Phillip Morgan, Lukas Parker and Johanna Prasch -- Introduction -- Developing the Four Es of a social advertising toolkit -- Case 1: NSW Health - 'Safe Sex. No Regrets' campaign -- Case 2: Cancer Institute NSW - 'Breast Cancer: Early Detection is Vital' -- Case 3: Sydney Water - voluntary water saving: every drop counts -- Conclusion -- References -- The use of emotions in social marketing and social advertising / Tej Pochun, Linda Brennan and Lukas Parker -- Introduction -- Definitions -- Types of affect -- Affect and its use in social marketing -- Negative emotions and social marketing -- Positive emotions and social marketing -- Conclusion -- References -- 6 Social marketing with fear, guilt and shame / Linda Brennan, Tej Pochun and Lukas Parker -- Introduction -- Fear appeals in social marketing -- Guilt appeals in social marketing -- Shame appeals in social marketing -- Conclusion -- References -- 7 Positive emotions in social marketing and social advertising using humour / Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Dang Nguyen and Tej Pochun -- Positive emotions in advertising -- Humour appeals and social advertising -- Conclusion -- References -- 8 Telling stories: the science of social media content / John Dingeldei, Linda Brennan, Lukas Parker, Dang Nguyen and Ella Chorazy -- Introduction -- Storytelling is the foundation of a shared humanity -- Principles of storytelling -- Social media connects people to both a real and virtual world -- Social media is driven by content creation -- Social media storytelling techniques connect and persuade -- Social marketing and digital storytelling -- Conclusion -- References -- 9 Ethical challenges associated with social marketing communication / Michaela Jackson -- Introduction: why a chapter on ethics and social marketing? -- That's immoral! Criticising marketing communication practices -- Using marketing communication for good: the utilitarian defence -- Do the ends justify the means used in these campaigns? -- Duty, behaviour, and codes of ethics -- Social media: opportunities and challenges for social marketers -- Examples highlighting the challenges and opportunities of social media for social marketers -- A timely opportunity for reflection -- Concluding remarks -- References -- Glossary -- Index.
    Abstract: "Reviewing and analysing the most relevant concepts, theories and strategies related to the field, this timely book reveals what makes for strong social marketing and social advertising campaigns. With a comprehensive understanding of social advertising models and their applications, chapters present original case studies and scenarios from international researchers to illustrate strategies and concepts in practice. Exploring the mechanics of social media, contributors highlight what makes a successful campaign. They evaluate the use and impact of emotions in social power, exploring the power of storytelling, whilst weighing ethical implications. The book covers important and upcoming areas of interest in the field including the rise of social media influencers, the use of memes, the functionality of social media, and the use of fear, guilt and shame in communications campaigns as well as positive emotions. This book will assist marketing academics and practitioners in the development of successful campaigns as it highlights not only what these campaigns look like, but also why they achieve success. It will also prove an excellent guide for government organizations and public policy makers interested in using social marketing for health promotion and social change"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 109
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781800371705
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gottschalk, Petter, 1950 - Case studies of executive deviance
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Executives Psychology ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskriminalität ; Korruption ; Risikoverhalten ; Risikomanagement
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience case of navy commander -- 2. Convenience case of chief executive officer -- 3. Convenience case of corruption blame -- 4. Convenience case of investment fraud -- 5. Rich and mighty on the shoreline -- 6. Corruption among friends -- 7. Germany: Thomas middelhoff -- 8. United States: Bernard kerik -- 9. United States: Jordan belfort -- 10. Japan: Tsuyoshi kikukawa -- 11. Environmental crime convenience -- 12. Game over for executives -- 13. Corruption in China trade -- 14. Seriousness of executive deviance -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This insightful book illustrates thirteen case studies demonstrating the convenience theory of white-collar crime. Offering an integrated deductive perspective through a convenience lens, Petter Gottschalk provides crucial insights into the motives, opportunities and behaviors behind executive deviance. Featuring a unique examination of era-defining cases of white-collar crime, from the Deepwater Horizon oil spill to the Olympus scandal, Gottschalk closely follows legal accounts to paint an international picture of executive deviance. This book scrutinizes public opinion of deviant behavior and how public sentiment towards white-collar crime has changed over time. Offering an innovative view of executive deviance, Gottschalk concludes by testing the integrated theory of convenience through empirical surveys of white-collar offenders. Audacious and illuminating, this book is crucial reading for researchers and students of business, criminal law and criminology, sharing a unique angle on the world of executive deviance through empirical research. Its real-world observations will also be crucial to policymakers and legal practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 110
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789902761
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (992 Seiten)
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 375
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of banking
    DDC: 332.1
    Keywords: Bankwirtschaft ; Finanzsystem ; Bank ; Internationale Bank ; Bankgeschäft ; Bankenaufsicht ; Banks and banking ; Economics ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Michael A. Klein (1971), 'A Theory of the Banking Firm', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 3 (2) (Part 9), May, 205-18 -- 2. Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- 3. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998), 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, 53 (4), August, 1245-84 -- 4. Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 497-513 -- 5. Douglas W. Diamond (1984), 'Financial Intermediation and Delegated Monitoring', Review of Economic Studies, 51 (3), July, 393-414 -- 6. Joseph E. Stiglitz and Andrew Weiss (1981), 'Credit Rationing in Markets with Imperfect Information', American Economic Review, 71 (3), June, 393-410 -- 7. Anil K. Kashyap, Raghuram Rajan and Jeremy C. Stein (2002), 'Banks as Liquidity Providers: An Explanation for the Coexistence of Lending and Deposit-Taking', Journal of Finance, 57 (1), February, 33-73 -- 8. Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1997), 'Efficiency of Financial Institutions: International Survey and Directions for Future Research', European Journal of Operational Research, 98 (2), April, 175-212 -- 9. Arnoud W. A. Boot (2017), 'The Future of Banking: From Scale & Scope Economies to Fintech', European Economy - Banks, Regulation and The Real Sector, 2, 77-95 -- 10. Wolf Wagner (2010), 'Diversification at Financial Institutions and Systemic Crises', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 373-86 -- 11. Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2004), 'Competition and Financial Stability', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 36 (3) (Part 2), June, 453-80 -- 12. Sam Langfield and Marco Pagano (2016), 'Bank bias in Europe: Effects on Systemic Risk and Growth', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 51-106 -- 13. Mitchell A. Petersen and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'The Benefits of Lending Relationships: Evidence from Small Business Data', Journal of Finance, 49 (1), March, 3-37 -- 14. Allen N. Berger and Gregory F. Udell (2002), 'Small Business Credit Availability and Relationship Lending: The Importance of Bank Organisational Structure', Economic Journal, 112 (477), February, F32-53 -- 15. Òscar Jordà, Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2016), 'The Great Mortgaging: Housing Finance, Crises and Business Cycles', Economic Policy, 31 (85), January, 107-52 -- 16. Arnoud W. A. Boot and Lev Ratnovski (2016), 'Banking and Trading', Review of Finance, 20 (6), October, 2219-46 -- 17. Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2016), 'The Global Investment Banks are now all Becoming American: Does that Matter for Europeans?', Journal of Financial Regulation, 2 (2), August, 168-81 -- 18. Allen Goss and Gordon S. Roberts (2011), 'The Impact of Corporate Social Responsibility on the Cost of Bank Loans', Journal of Banking and Finance, 35 (7), July, 1794-1810 -- 19. Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2008), 'Banking Services for Everyone? Barriers to Bank Access and Use around the World', World Bank Economic Review, 22 (3), November, 397-430
    Abstract: 20. Robert Grosse and Lawrence G. Goldberg (1991), 'Foreign Bank Activity in the United States: An Analysis by Country of Origin', Journal of Banking and Finance, 15 (6), December, 1093-112 -- 21. Nicola Cetorelli and Linda S. Goldberg (2012), 'Banking Globalization and Monetary Transmission', Journal of Finance, 67 (5), October, 1811-43 -- 22. Dirk Schoenmaker (2011), 'The Financial Trilemma', Economics Letters, 111, 57-9 -- 23. Stijn Claessens and Neeltje Van Horen (2014), 'Foreign Banks: Trends and Impact', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 295-326 -- 24. Ralph De Haas and Iman Van Lelyveld (2014), 'Multinational Banks and the Global Financial Crisis: Weathering the Perfect Storm?', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 46 (S1), February, 333-64 -- 25. Eugenio Cerutti, Giovanni Dell'Ariccia and Maria Soledad Martinez Peria (2007), 'How Banks Go Abroad: Branches or Subsidiaries', Journal of Banking and Finance, 31 (6), June, 1669-92 -- 26. Eugenio Cerutti and Christina Schmieder (2014), 'Ring Fencing and Consolidated Banks' Stress Tests', Journal of Financial Stability, 11, April, 1-12 -- 27. Dirk Schoenmaker (2015), 'The New Banking Union Landscape in Europe: Consolidation Ahead?', Journal of Financial Perspectives, 3 (2), 189-201 -- 28. David Miles, Jing Yang and Gilberto Marcheggiano (2013), 'Optimal Bank Capital', Economic Journal, 123 (567), March, 1-37 -- 29. Enrico Perotti and Javier Suarez (2011), 'A Pigovian Approach to Liquidity Regulation', International Journal of Central Banking, 7 (4), 3-41 -- 30. Dirk Schoenmaker and Peter Wierts (2015), 'Regulating The Financial Cycle: An Integrated Approach with a Leverage Ratio', Economics Letters, 136, November, 70-2 -- 31. Raj Aggarwal and Kevin T. Jacques (2001), 'The Impact of FDICIA and Prompt Corrective Action on Bank Capital and Risk: Estimates Using a Simultaneous Equations Model', Journal of Banking and Finance, 25 (6), June, 1139-60 -- 32. Jean-Charles Rochet (2003), 'Why Are There so Many Banking Crises?', CESifo Economic Studies, 49 (2), 141-55 -- 33. Ben S. Bernanke (1983), 'Nonmonetary Effects of the Financial Crisis in the Propagation of the Great Depression', American Economic Review, 73 (3), June, 257-76 -- 34. C. A. E. Goodhart (1987), 'Why Do Banks Need a Central Bank?' Oxford Economic Papers, 39 (1), March, 75-89 -- 35. Tobias Adrian and Hyun Song Shin (2010), 'Liquidity and Leverage', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 19 (3), July, 418-37 -- 36. Andrei Shleifer and Robert Vishny (2011), ' Fire Sales in Finance and Macroeconomics', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 25 (1), Winter, 29-48 -- 37. Luc Laeven and Fabián Valencia (2013), 'The Real Effects of Financial Sector Interventions During Crises', Journal of Money, Credit and Banking, 45 (1), February, 147-77 -- 38. Emilios Avgouleas, Charles Goodhart and Dirk Schoenmaker (2013), 'Bank Resolution Plans as a Catalyst for Global Financial Reform', Journal of Financial Stability, 9 (2), June, 210-18
    Abstract: "Banks have a special position in the financial system. Their exclusive link to the central bank puts them at the top of the financial system and enables banks to offer liquidity to the wider economy. They also provide loans and payment services to firms and households. This multifaceted nature of banking makes the economics of banking exciting. Together with an original introduction by the editor, this collection assembles the best 'banking' papers on all these dimensions and will be invaluable for all banking scholars and practitioners"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 111
    ISBN: 9781789908596
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (144 pages)
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Lanza, Andrea Strategic human capital
    RVK:
    Keywords: Human capital ; Personnel management ; Strategisches Management ; Unternehmen ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Humanvermögen ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Humanvermögen ; Strategisches Management ; Wettbewerbsvorteil
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Strategic human capital at the crossroads -- 2. Understanding and clarifying the dynamics of strategic human capital effects on performance: a quasi-replication of a major literature evidence -- 3. The effect of strategic human capital renewal on organizational results: an empirical examination in the Italian serie a professional football league -- 4. Get the most from your most important asset. A conceptual and managerial model for harnessing the value of strategic human capital -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely and insightful book offers an innovative, unifying conceptual framework for managing the crucial asset of human capital. In order to do this, Andrea Lanza and Giuseppina Simone bridge the gap between Strategy and Organization disciplines in the study of human capital. Clarifying ambiguous aspects overlooked by the extant literature, Lanza and Simone provide a new, theoretically grounded managerial tool to help organizations achieve the most from human capital. Based on original empirical evidence, the authors put forward a fresh perspective on human capital strategy. They also propose a fascinating, game-theoretic approach to solve the 'Principal-Agent' conflict in the context of human capital renewal, dramatically advancing the field of strategic human capital with respect to both academic knowledge and managerial applications. Innovative and cutting-edge, this book offers crucial insights for scholars investigating strategic management and strategic human capital, as well as researchers interested in entrepreneurship and human resource management. It will also benefit managers and practitioners, providing guidance in developing and implementing strategic human capital visions"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 112
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789901931
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Technological innovations ; Creative ability ; Knowledge management ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface and Introduction / Mitsuru Kodama -- 1. Innovation through boundaries vision and dynamic capabilities - the strategic management perspective / Mitsuru Kodama -- 2. Developing boundaries knowledge (knowing) - the knowledge creation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama -- 3. Knowledge convergence and design-driven innovation through boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the knowledge convergence and design-driven innovation perspectives / Mitsuru Kodama and Masashi Kimura -- 4. Product and service innovation through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the corporate strategy and innovation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama and Yoshiki Takano -- 5. Interpersonal cognitive traits and interactional traits that support boundaries vision, the basis of group creativity / Takashi Oka and Mana Yamamoto -- 6. The process of creating knowledge between different actors in co-creation ba - a case study of the panasonic smart city project / Nobuyuki Tokoro -- 7. Regional revitalization through cultural innovation and creativity development / Takehiko Yasuda -- 8. Product innovation through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge - new knowledge from the corporate transformation and innovation perspective / Mitsuru Kodama and Yuji Mizukami -- 9. Boundaries knowledge through boundaries vision creation - driving dynamic capabilities and the seci process / Mitsuru Kodama -- 10. Implications and conclusion / Mitsuru Kodama -- Index.
    Abstract: "Illustrating the interdisciplinary implications for research on creativity development, this book focuses on the new concept of 'knowledge differences' that arise between people, organizations and various phenomena. It describes how these key differences create boundaries knowledge, a dynamic process that accelerates innovation. Chapters offer interdisciplinary perspectives on the topic to stimulate knowledge convergence across dissimilar fields of research, including business studies, economics, psychology and the arts. Following Arthur Koestler's theory of creativity, this insightful book shows how bisociation - the recognition of similarity in the collision of two distinct concepts - can be expressed through boundaries vision and boundaries knowledge, applying these twin concepts to the field of business and management. Focusing on literature related to strategy theory and knowledge creation theory, the book presents a theoretical framework for applying boundaries knowledge and boundaries vision to dynamic capabilities and knowledge creation in business innovation. Pioneering new frameworks for innovation, this book offers key insights for students and researchers of creativity development across various business-related fields. It will also benefit business leaders and managers, describing a key path to knowledge creation in professional environments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 113
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839109997
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Geldtheorie ; Geldpolitik ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Theorie ; Economics History ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: "This volume contains thirty-seven contributions from the most significant early developers of monetary economics. Starting with Aristotle, the collection tracks the development of the modern theory of money through the ages by thinkers like Thomas Aquinas, Martin de Azpilcueta, John Locke, Richard Cantillon, David Hume, and A.R.J Turgot. Also included are the first translations of Jean Buridan's writings on money and of Albert the Great's writings on money from Latin. A Source Book on Early Monetary Theory will be of interest to bankers, historians, and macroeconomists and can be used as a supplementary text on courses in macroeconomics, money and banking, and the history of economic thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 114
    ISBN: 9781788974387
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the temporal dynamics of organizational behavior
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Zeit ; Organisationsforschung ; Methodologie ; Organizational behavior ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction to the handbook on the temporal dynamics of organizational behavior / Yannick Griep and Samantha D. Hansen -- Part I: The need to look at organizational behavior from a dynamic perspective -- 1. How a dynamic way of thinking can challenge existing knowledge in organizational behavior / Hannes Zacher and Cort W. Rudolph -- 2. Principles for taking a dynamic perspective / Christopher R. Dishop, Jeffrey Olenick, and Richard P. DeShon -- Part II: A dynamic look at organizational behavior topics -- 3. Keeping up with the pace of change: a recipient-centered perspective on change and its outcomes / Irina Nikolova and Jeroen de Jong -- 4. A temporal perspective on work-family experiences / Marijke Verbruggen, Elisabeth Abraham, and Lynn Germeys -- 5 a temporal perspective on organizational citizenship behavior and counterproductive work behavior / Reeshad S. Dalal and Linden T. Hughes -- 6 temporal and person-oriented perspectives on job insecurity / Katharina Klug, Claudia Bernhard-Oettel, Eva Selenko, and Magnus Sverke -- 7. A temporal perspective on work design and job crafting / Lotta K. Harju and Maria Tims -- 8. A temporal perspective on psychological contracts / Tim Vantilborgh, Yang Yang, and Jiahong Du -- 9. From split seconds to lifetimes: the temporal fabric of fairness dynamics / Camille Desjardins and Marion Fortin -- 10. A dynamic capabilities view of talent acquisition: Resource verification and risk management / David J. Finch and Nadege Levallet -- 11. A temporal look at decision making / Jason L. Harman, Justin Weinhardt, and John-Luke McCord -- 12. Temporal development of job attitudes during the first two years on the job: a meta-analysis of longitudinal studies / Omar N. Solinger and Jesse T. Vullinghs -- 13. Dynamic personality at work / Nadin Beckmann and Robert E. Wood -- 14. A temporal perspective on emotions / Annika Nübold, Peter Kuppens, and Philippe Verduyn -- 15. A dynamic perspective on workplace motivation / James W. Beck and Anna F. Gödöllei -- 16. A temporal approach to studying organizational leadership / Jesse T. Vullinghs and Edina Dóci -- 17. A temporal perspective on teams / Antonio Cunha Meneses Abrantes, Thomas A. O'Neill, and Ana Margarida Passos -- 18. The temporal perspective on well-being at work: lessons learned and future trends / Despoina Xanthopoulou, Kevin Daniels, and Ana Isabel Sanz-Vergel -- 19. A temporal perspective on workplace safety / Jeremy M. Beus -- Part III: A method toolbox -- 20. Discontinuous growth models: illustrations, recommendations, and an r function for generating the design matrix / Paul D. Bliese, Jason Kautz, and Jonas W. B. Lang -- 21. Mixture modeling for organizational behavior research / Alexandre J. S. Morin, Matthew J. W. McLarnon, and David Litalien -- 22. Computational modeling: getting dynamic theory correct / Jeffrey B. Vancouver and Cassandra E. Colton -- 23. Thinking longitudinal: a framework for scientific inferences with temporal data / Christopher R. Dishop, Michael T. Braun, Goran Kuljanin, and Richard P. DeShon -- 24. Studying within-person processes using intensive longitudinal methods / Harris Rubin -- Index.
    Abstract: "For more than a decade, organizational behavior scholars have highlighted the importance of studying phenomena through a temporal lens by focusing on the role of time and its various implications for research. When a phenomenon occurs, what aspects of the phenomena are being influenced, how these aspects are being influenced, and why this influence occurs are considerations of the utmost importance when trying to understand the full essence of organizational behavior. Handbook on the Temporal Dynamics of Organizational Behavior is designed to help scholars begin to address the temporal shortcomings in the extant organizational behavior literature. The handbook provides conceptual and methodological reasons to study organizational behavior from a dynamic perspective and offers new conceptual and theoretical insights on some of the most popular organizational behavior topics. By providing the methodological and analytical tools needed to translate dynamic ideas into dynamic reality, this handbook will become a guiding light for scholars, academic audiences, and evidence-based management practitioners who wish to tackle the challenges of dynamic organizational behavior research"--
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 115
    ISBN: 9781788971188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (624 pages)
    Edition: Second edition
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on employee voice
    DDC: 658.3152
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mitbestimmung ; Betriebsrat ; Gewerkschaft ; Arbeitsbeziehungen ; Management Employee participation ; Communication in organizations ; Management Handbooks, manuals, etc Employee participation ; Research ; Communication in organizations Handbooks, manuals, etc Research ; Electronic books ; Handbuch ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Mitbestimmung
    Abstract: Contents: Part I. Perspectives and theories of voice -- 1. Employee voice: Bridging new terrains and disciplinary boundaries / Adrian Wilkinson, Tony Dundon, Jimmy Donaghey and Richard Freeman -- 2. Employee voice before Hirschman: Its early history, conceptualization, and practice / Bruce E. Kaufman -- 3. Hirschman and voice / Matthew M.C. Allen -- 4. Employee voice and the transaction cost economics project / Paul Willman, Alex Bryson, Rafael Gomez and Tobias Kretschmer -- 5. Industrial democracy in the twenty-first century / Catherine Casey -- 6. Labour process / Abigail Marks and Shiona Chillas -- 7. Employee voice and silence in organizational behavior / Chad T. Brinsfield and Marissa Edwards -- Part II. Actors -- 8. Managing voice: An employers perpective / Peter Holland -- 9. Line managers / Keith Townsend and Paula Mowbray -- 10. Union voice / Sarah Kaine -- 11. The missing employee in employee voice research / Dionne M. Pohler, Andrew A. Luchak, & J.M. Harmer -- 12. The expression of worker voice through civil society organizations / Edmund Heery and Stephen Williams -- 13. Employee voice and democracy: A critique of national and transnational laws / Glenn Patmore -- Part III. Voice processes -- 14. Collective bargaining / Virginia Doellgast and Chiara Benassi -- 15. Works councils / Werner Nienhüser -- 16. Joint consultative committees / Amanda Pyman -- 17. Individual voice: Grievance and other procedures / David Lewin -- 18. High performance work systems and employee voice / Bill Harley -- 19. Task-based voice and teamworking / Stephen Procter, Jos Benders and Jonas Ingvaldesen -- 20. Workplace partnership / Stewart Johnstone -- 21. Voice in the mutual gains organization / Ariel C. Avgar, Stacey Sekwao, Phoebe Strom -- 22. Non-union employee representation / Tony Dobbins and Tony Dundon -- 23. Employee and collective voice engagement: Being psychologically present when speaking up at work / Jamie A. Gruman and Alan M. Saks -- 24. Individual voice in informal and formal contexts in organizations / Deirdre O'Shea and Kevin Murphy -- 25. Whistleblowing / Kate Kenny, Wim Vandekerckhov and Muhammad Irfan -- Part IV. Evaluating voice 26. Voice across borders: Comparing and explaining the dynamic of participation in a context of change / Maria González Menéndez and Miguel Martínez Lucio -- 27. Employee silence / Niall Cullinane and Jimmy Donaghey -- 28. Diversity management and missing voices / Jawad Syed -- 29. The internet, the web and social media: The promise and practice of e-voice / Louise Thornthwaite, Craig Macmillan and Alison Barnes -- 30. Charting voice in a developing economy: The case of China / Jenny Chan -- Part V. Future directions on voice -- 31. Workplace voice: Assessing its impact on the individual and the organization / Brian Klaas -- 32. Integrating voice : Voice within hospitals: Reciprocal relationship between employee voice related to patient care with working conditions voice / Adrian Wilkinson, Michael Barry, Paula Mowbray and Ariel Avgar -- 33. The future of employee voice / Senia Kalfa and John W. Budd -- Index.
    Abstract: "This thoroughly revised second edition presents up-to-date analysis from various academic streams and disciplines that illuminate our understanding of employee voice from a range of different perspectives. This wide-ranging Handbook demonstrates that research on employee voice has gone beyond union and non-union voices to build a wider and deeper knowledge base. Exploring the previously under-represented paradigm of the organisational behaviour approach, new chapters take account of a broader conceptualisation of employee voice. Written by expert contributors, this Handbook explores the meaning and impact of employee voice for various stakeholders and considers the ways in which these actors engage with voice processes such as collective bargaining, individual processes, mutual gains, task-based voice and grievance procedures. This comprehensive Handbook will enable the reader to engage with the debates surrounding employee voice and help extend our overall understanding of what goes on in workplaces at the heart of modern economies. This second edition of the Handbook of Research on Employee Voice will be a vital resource for academics and students researching human resource management, organisational behaviour and employment relations, while its forward thinking approach will also appeal to policy makers, employers and union officials"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 116
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781789904543
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 pages)
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Ziegler, Rafael, 1977 - Innovation, ethics and our common futures
    Keywords: Social change ; Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Innovation ; Wandel ; Fortschritt ; Ethik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to innovation and ethics - a collaborative philosophy -- 2. Varieties of innovation - business, grassroots and democratic -- 3. Fair enough? - justice and innovation from a liberal-egalitarian perspective -- 4. Collaborative pluralism - community and capability -- 5. Innovation, domination and emancipation -- 6. Enough innovation -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: "The important yet contradictory role of innovation in society calls for a philosophy of innovation. Critically exploring innovation in relation to values, the economy and social change, Rafael Ziegler proposes a collaborative theory and practice of innovation that aims to liberate possibilities for our common futures. Following cues from the arts and drawing on the innovation literature across the social sciences, this book exposes pro-innovation bias and the gospel of disruptive change. Not only entrepreneurs but also civic networks and tinkerers are discussed as sources of innovation, and social change as a balancing act of innovation, exnovation and restoration. The discussion of capabilitarian, communitarian, liberal, republican and socialist ideas of justice and innovation leads Ziegler to a transformative proposal: 'enough innovation' based on enough for all and with respect for all. This is a thought-provoking read for scholars working on sustainability-transformation, democratic, responsible and social innovation, and philosophy of economics"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 117
    ISBN: 9781788973304
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsliberalismus ; Spiritualität ; Weltanschauung ; Welt ; Neoliberalism Religious aspects ; Neoliberalism Psychological aspects ; Spirituality ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Towards radical subjects: Workplace spirituality as neoliberal governance in American business / James Dennis LoRusso -- 2. Running to stay in the same place? Personal development work and the production of neoliberal subjectivity among Israel's "last republican generation" / Ariel Yankellevich -- 3. Expressive individualism in the new spirit of capitalism: Mindfulness and outdoor management development / Liza Cortois -- 4. A 'juggly mummy's' life history of teaching yoga: Embodied postfeminism and neoliberal spirituality / Amanda Peticca-Harris, Kseniya Navazhylava, Genevieve Shanahan -- 5. The commodification of re-sacralised work in the neoliberal era / Tom Vine 6. Enchanted gardeners in urban food gardens: A case study of Khayelitsha, Cape Town / Darlene Miller -- 7. Citizens for Ghana and the kingdom: Christian personal development in accra / Anna-Riikka Kauppinen -- 8. Religion after work: Christianity, morality, and serious leisure / Ibrahim Abraham -- 9. The contemporary faith of innovationism / Katja Valaskivi -- Index.
    Abstract: "This book brings together analyses from across the social sciences to develop an interdisciplinary approach to understanding spiritualities and neoliberalism. It traces the lived experience of social actors as they engage with new and alternative spiritualities in neoliberal contexts. An international group of authors in anthropology, sociology, religious studies, political science, critical management studies explore the contemporary flourishing of subjectivities centred on a variety of spiritual practices and imaginaries. The book analyses the social and organisational mechanisms that underlie the generation of 'enterprising' and 'competitive' subjectivities engaged in transforming inner selves and social environments in accordance with prevailing neoliberal economic rationalities. Contributions draw on a wide range of empirical settings around the world to discuss the role of subjectivities in organizations. The purpose of the book is to provide specific insights into how neoliberalism is resisted, contested or reproduced through a transformative ethic of spiritual self-realization. Researchers, academics and Masters level students in a range of social science disciplines, including anthropology, sociology, human geography, and organization studies will find this book relevant reading"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 118
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788974073
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Familienunternehmen ; Unternehmensnachfolge ; Personalführung ; Strategisches Management ; Korruption ; Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Digitalisierung ; Family-owned business enterprises ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Introducing a research agenda for family business / by Andrea Calabrò -- 1 family trends shaping the family business landscape / Joyce Kox and Astrid Kramer -- 2 developing a "sociological imagination" of families in family business research / Eric R. Kushins and Elaina Behounek -- 3 history as a source and method for family business research / Christina Lubinski and William B. Gartner -- 4 engaging the next generation of family members through work: Adolescence and beyond / Marjan Houshmand, Marc-David L. Seidel and Dennis Ma -- 5 entrepreneurial legacy: How narratives of the past, present and future affect entrepreneurship in business families / Miruna Radu-Lefebvre, Vincent Lefebvre, Jean Clarke and William B. Gartner -- 6 from turmoil to synergism: How business leaders' human resource mental models and family control impact employees / Chiung-Wen Tsao and Shyh-Jer Chen -- 7 diversity on family firm boards: A research agenda for 2020-30 / Mary Barrett and Ken Moores -- 8 the role of vision in determining family, small business and minority ethnic business research / Claire Seaman and Richard Bent -- 9 strategic and organizational choices in family firms: Introducing sense-making / Luca Gnan and Giulia Flamini -- 10 advancing research on creativity in family firms / Julia Vincent Ponroy and Dianne H.B. Welsh -- 11 changing landscape of Indian family businesses / Kavil Ramachandran, Sougata Ray and Yashodhara Basuthakur -- 12 spatial familiness: A bridge between family business and economic geography / Rodrigo Basco and Lech Suwala -- 13 family-owned MNEs and transparency: A focus on corruption risk in host countries / Matteo Caroli, Claudia Pongelli and Alfredo Valentino -- 14 financing the growth of the family business: A research agenda / Alessandro Cirillo, Alexandra Dawson, Anneleen Michiels and Donata Mussolino -- 15 innovation in family business groups: Going beyond an r&d perspective / Marita Rautiainen, Suvi Konsti-Laakso and Timo Pihkala -- 16 the digitalization of family firms: A research agenda / Catherine E. Batt, Peter Cleary, Martin R.W. Hiebl, Martin Quinn and Pall M. Rikhardsson -- 17 digital business transformation in family firms: How the owning family sets the scene / Ann Sophie Löhde, Giovanna Campopiano and Daniela Gimenez Jiménez -- Conclusion andrea calabrò -- Index.
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This exciting Research Agenda expertly addresses the question: What will be important within the family business field and for family businesses in practice over the next decade? Top international contributors explore farsighted theories, methods and topics, often taking a multi-disciplinary approach in order to outline the potential routes for further advancing family business research. Chapters cover the significance of new family trends, entrepreneurial legacy, board diversity, spatial-familiness, corruption, innovation and digital business transformation, challenging core assumptions surrounding the family business phenomenon and mapping the future of the discipline. A Research Agenda for Family Business will prove a stimulating read for family business and entrepreneurship scholars, as well as academics focusing on strategy, HR, organisational behaviour and corporate governance. Practitioners will also find this book valuable for reflecting on challenges that they are facing and navigating developments in the family business field"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 119
    ISBN: 9781789901658
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wirtschaftsstudium ; Betriebswirtschaftslehre ; Lernmethode ; Lehrmaterial ; Interaktive Medien ; Business education Technological innovations ; Business education Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by john j. Sosik -- Introduction to the handbook of teaching with technology in management, leadership and business -- Part I: Foundations: Concepts, context, and design -- 1. A context for teaching with technology in management, leadership, and business / Stuart Allen, Kim Gower, and Danielle K. Allen -- 2. Using the tpack framework to develop an integrated strategy for teaching management, leadership, and business with technology / Leslie Dinauer -- 3. Technology, culture, leadership, and education: Five orthodoxies / A. J. Grant and Robert Joseph Skovira -- 4. Distance learning - considerations and innovations for business schools / Maureen Snow Andrade -- 5. Creating inclusive online learning for business students with disabilities / Miriam Edwards -- 6. Best practices in the construction of attentional social presence: Securing the attention of multicommunicating audiences in the business world / Jeanine Warisse Turner and Sonja K. Foss -- 7. Outcomes first! Online learning that puts technology in its place / Julie Benesh and Alisha DeWalt -- 8. An administrative perspective: Going online with limited resources / Michael J. Urick 9. Best Practices for New Online Management Education Instructors to Overcome Resistance to Online Teaching: New Insights / Lorianne D. Mitchell -- 10. Business education and technology - an aacsb perspective / Nancy Bagranoff and Stephanie Bryant -- Part II: Applications of technology in teaching and learning -- 11. The role of technology in online case teaching / Bill Schiano -- 12. Teaching with transformational technology: Building a postheroic ethos in leadership education / James J. Jarc and Jonathan P. Jarc -- 13. Peer coaching: A holistic experiential learning process in online leadership classes / Mai P. Trinh -- 14. A move towards mastery: Leveraging technology to create life long learners / Jordan P. Mitchell and Kim Gower -- 15. Reciprocal peer tutoring: A simple strategy for enhancing classroom learning and the academic social environment / Ronald E. Riggio and Rowan Y. Mulligan -- 16. Virtual presentations: Techniques for improved learning outcomes and assessment of student learning in management, leadership, and business / Kyle B. Stone -- 17. Promoting global leadership through collaborative online international learning / Natasha H. Chapman, Anne Spear, Grace Ngai, and Stephen Chan -- 18. Utilizing interactive technology for implementing a flipped classroom for teaching design leadership / James L. Morrison -- 19. Leveraging game design and participatory culture to foster authentic learning / Andrew Feldstein -- 20. Strategies for integration of cognitive apprenticeship into distance learning for adult learners / Kelsey Long and Soo Jeoung "Crystal" Han -- 21. Approaches to writing, transforming, and selecting cases for use in online teaching: A practitioner perspective / Richard McCracken -- Part III: Applications of specific technology tools -- 22. The robots are coming, are you ready? / Terry A. Nelson, Kevin D. Lo, and Sumeet Jhamb -- 23. Increasing student engagement in data-driven management education: Front-facing lightboard technology in the flipped classroom / Heather Staples and Amy C. Lewis -- 24. Improving classroom discussion of self-assessments through polling / Terri A. Scandura -- 25. Learning by listening: Using podcasts to enhance leadership education / Martinella M. Dryburgh -- 26. Smartphone apps for use in management education / Danielle C. Fowler and Lisa T. Stickney -- 27. Insights on the use of free and open educational resources in business and management education / Anthony A. Piña and Kenneth A. Moran -- 28. Using twitter as a technology tool to teach leadership / Courtney "Pearson" Pearson and Kathy L. Guthrie -- 29. Use of social media in Indian MBA classes: Facebook groups in a course on organizational behaviour / Srinivasan Tatachari -- 30. Fostering soft-skills development through learning experience platforms (lxps) / Andrés Dávila Valdiviezo and Maria Crawford -- 31. Teaching with games and gamification: Best practices and future research needs / Kristina N. Bauer, Caribay Garcia-Marquez, and Daniel A. Gandara / 32. Teaching Global Citizen-Leadership by Design: Expanding Learning Opportunities Through Web-based Digital Curation Tools / Ginny Jones Boss -- Part IV: Evaluating and researching the role of technology in teaching and learning -- 33. Why the jury is still out on business simulation games / Meg L. Joseph -- 34. Exploring the drivers and barriers for e-learning system impact in the higher education sector / Norman Lee Dong Chiong and Na Fu -- 35. From the chalkboard to the motherboard: A quasi-experimental comparison of online and on-ground organizational behavior classes / Lorianne D. Mitchell, Jennifer D. Parlamis, G. Elaine Boone, and C. Allen Gorman -- 36. The impact of practice on feedback-providing skills in an online peer review activity / Roman Rietsche, Matthias Söllner, and Jan Marco Leimeister -- 37. Choices, choices, choices: Online and face-to-face options for management students / Katrina Radford, Heather Stewart, and Harsha Sarvaiya -- 38. Adopting assessment for learning (afl) in higher education: Implications for technology deployment / Mairead Brady, Martin R. Fellenz, and Ann Devitt -- Index.
    Abstract: "Ever-evolving technological innovation creates both opportunities and challenges for educators aiming to achieve meaningful and effective learning in the classroom and equip students with a well-honed set of technology skills as they enter the professional world. The Handbook of Teaching with Technology in Management, Leadership and Business is written by experienced instructors using technology in novel and impactful ways in their undergraduate and graduate courses, as well as researchers reporting and reflecting on studies and literature that can guide them on the how and why of teaching with technology. Combining insights from research and practice, this comprehensive Handbook provides a state-of-the-art reflection on the role and effectiveness of technology in management, leadership, and business education. It offers a variety of resources and guidelines for the application of technology across different educational contexts and courses, and explores how specific digital tools, software, and applications have been used in the classroom to promote student engagement, assessment, collaboration, learning, and leadership. The broad range of chapters will support educators, administrators, instructional designers, researchers, chief information officers, and teaching technology developers seeking to expand their knowledge on the use of teaching and learning technologies in higher-education level management, leadership, and business programs"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 120
    ISBN: 9781839104183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Wissenschaftliches Arbeiten ; Narrative Methode ; Befragung ; Dissertations, Academic ; Interviewing Methodology ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: Brief history, topics addressed, how to use this book, and glossary of terms -- 2. Dialogical and dialectical conversational interviews: Using self-correcting aid phases and 4 tests with the ciw case example -- 3. Choosing your research question: And using the storytelling paradigm theories including narrative retrospective, antenarrative prospective, counternarrative, living story, ensemble storytelling, and grounded theory -- 4. Storytelling paradigm method, including types of induction, narrative retrospective, antenarrative prospective, integrative qualitative-quantitative methods, narrative inquiry, and multiplicities -- 5. Storytelling paradigm praxes -- 6. Why karl popper is rolling over in his grave -- 7. Writing dialectical/dialogical and big/little storytelling science conclusions -- 8. Managing the oral examination and post-submission process -- Index.
    Abstract: "Introducing the idea of conversational storytelling interviewing (CSI) as an 'indirect' method of interviewing, David Boje and Grace Ann Rosile explore this innovative methodological framework as a way for respondents to tell their own story, without resorting to structured or semi-structured interviews. Bringing together theory, method and praxis of storytelling in an iterative process of self-correcting induction, How to Use Conversational Storytelling Interviews for Your Dissertation offers researchers ways to move beyond the bystander role, urging them to be co-creators of their findings. Complete with exercises to train practitioners in new methods of inquiry and in-depth discussions of an array of philosophical issues, this illuminating book illustrates how rigorous self-correcting methods move inquiry from conversation to storytelling science. Pioneering in both method and framework, this book is a crucial guide for using CSI in qualitative research for PhD students and researchers in management and organizational studies. Scholars of feminist and indigenous studies and other critical studies fields will benefit from alternative interviewing methods as these disciplines undergo an ontological turn"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 121
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781839100093
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (416 Seiten)
    Series Statement: New directions in post-Keynesian economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Geldtheorie ; Postkeynesianismus ; Theorie ; Keynesian economics ; Money ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Louis-Philippe Rochon -- Introduction / Marc Lavoie -- Part I: Earlier and easier writings -- 1 'the endogenous flow of credit and the post keynesian theory of money', journal of economic issues, 18 -- (3), september 1984, 771-97 2 2 'the post keynesian theory of endogenous money: A reply', journal of economic issues , 19 -- (3), september 1985, 843-8 29 3 'credit and money: The dynamic circuit, overdraft economics, and post- keynesian economics', in m. Jarsulic (ed.), money and macro policy , kluwer- nijhoff, boston, 1985, 63-84 35 4 'a primer on endogenous credit-money', in l.-p. Rochon and s. rossi (eds), modern theories of money: the nature and role of money in capitalist economies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2003, 506-43 57 -- Part II: Inspiring authors -- 5 'change, continuity, and originality in kaldor's monetary theory', in e.j. Nell and w. Semmler (eds), nicholas kaldor and mainstream economics: Confrontation or convergence? , macmillan, London, 1991, 259-78 96 6 'jacques le bourva's theory of endogenous credit-money', review of political economy , 4 -- (4), 1992, 436-46 116 7 'eichner's monetary economics: Ahead of its time', in m. Lavoie, l.-p. Rochon and m. Seccareccia (eds), money and macrodynamics: alfred eichner and post- keynesian economics , m.e. sharpe, armonk (nj), 2010, 155-71 127 -- Part III: In defense of horizontalism -- 8 'monetary policy in an economy with endogenous credit money', in g. Deleplace and e.j. Nell (eds), money in motion: The circulation and post- keynesian approaches , macmillan, London, 1996, 532-45 145 9 'horizontalism, structuralism, liquidity preference and the principle of increasing risk', Scottish journal of political economy , 43 -- (3), august, 1996, 275-300 159 10 'the credit-led supply of deposits and the demand for money: Kaldor's reflux mechanism as previously endorsed by joan robinson', cambridge journal of economics , 23 -- (1), january 1999, 103-13 185 11 'endogenous money: Accommodationist', in p. Arestis and m. Sawyer (eds), handbook on alternative monetary economics , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2006, 17-34 196 -- Part IV: Three innovating articles -- 12 'monetary base endogeneity and the new procedures of the asset-based canadian and American monetary systems', journal of post keynesian economics , summer 2005, 27 -- (4), 689-709 215 13 'towards a post-keynesian consensus in macroeconomics: Reconciling the cambridge and wall street views', in e. Hein, t. Niechoj and e. Stockhammer (eds), macroeconomic policies on shaky foundations - whither mainstream economics? , metropolis-verlag, marburg, 2009, 75-99 236 14 'fair rates of interest in post-keynesian political economy', in j. Teixeira (ed.), issues in modern political economy , university of brasilia press, brasilia, 1997, 123-37 261 -- Part V: After the global financial crisis -- 15 'changes in central bank procedures during the subprime crisis and their repercussions on monetary theory', international journal of political economy , 39 -- (3), fall 2010, 3-23 277 16 'the monetary and fiscal nexus of neo-chartalism: A friendly critique', journal of economic issues , 47 -- (1), march 2013, 1-31 298 17 'the eurozone: Similarities to and differences from keynes's plan', international journal of political economy , 44 -- (1), spring 2015, 3-17 329 18 'rethinking monetary theory in light of keynes and the crisis', brazilian keynesian review , 2 -- (2), 2016, 174-88 344 19 'unconventional monetary policies, with a focus on quantitative easing', European journal of economics and economic policies: Intervention , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 15 -- (2), 2018, 139-46 (with brett fiebiger) 359 -- Part VI: A final overview -- 20 'money, credit and central banks in post-keynesian economics', in e. Hein and e. Stockhammer (eds), a modern guide to keynesian macroeconomics and economic policies , edward elgar, cheltenham, uk and northampton, ma, usa, 2011, 34-60 368 -- Index.
    Abstract: "Post-Keynesian Monetary Theory recaps Marc Lavoie's views on monetary theory over a 35-year period, seen from a post-Keynesian perspective. The book contains a collection of twenty previously published papers, as well as an introduction which explains how these papers came about and how they were received. All of the selected articles avoid mathematical formalism. Readers will find analyses of the earlier advocates of endogenous money such as Nicholas Kaldor and Jacques Le Bourva. They will discover how the arguments in support of the post-Keynesian theory of endogenous money and the credit view of banking have evolved through this 35-year period, and how they have been related to the new procedures pursued by central banks. All these essays show the relevance of the realistic post-Keynesian monetary theory in understanding the subprime and euro crises, quantitative easing and the distributional role of interest rates. Within these pages Marc Lavoie provides an overview of what has happened in post-Keynesian monetary economics over the last three and a half decades for students and scholars with interest in monetary economics, the horizontalist-structuralist debates and the recent history of economic thought"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 122
    ISBN: 9781800376014
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Steuerpolitik ; Finanzpolitik ; Risiko ; Modellierung ; Öffentliche Schulden ; Wirkungsanalyse ; Theorie ; Fiscal policy ; Electronic books ; Bibliographie enthalten
    Abstract: "Presenting innovative modelling approaches to the analysis of fiscal policy and government debt, this book moves beyond previous models that have relied upon the assumption that various age-specific rates and policy variables remain unchanged when it comes to generating government expenditures and tax revenues. As a result of population ageing, current policy settings in many countries are projected to lead to unsustainable levels of public debt; Tax Policy and Uncertainty explores models that allow for feedbacks and uncertainty to combat this. Applicable to any country, the models in the book explore the optimal timing and extent of tax changes in the face of anticipated high future debt. Chapters produce stochastic debt projections, including probability distribution of debt ratios at each point in time. It also offers important analysis of fiscal policy trade-offs as well as providing advice on when and by how much tax rates should be increased. Economics scholars focusing on fiscal policy will appreciate the improved models in this book that allow both for uncertainty and feedback effects arising from responses to increased debt. It will also be helpful to economic policy advisors and economists in government departments"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 123
    ISBN: 9781839109690
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Frontiers in European entrepreneurship series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Sustainable development ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Sustainable entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems: Introduction / Eddy Laveren, Robert Blackburn, Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh, Cristina Díaz-García and Ángela González-Moreno -- Part I: Sustainable entrepreneurship -- 2. Circular economy and smes: Insights and EU situation / Cristina Díaz-García, Ángela González-Moreno and Francisco J. Sáez-Martínez -- 3. Entrepreneurial cognition, sustainability and venture performance: A machine learning approach / Anna Maija Vuorio And Kaisu Puumalainen -- 4. The way to be green: Determinants of eco-process innovations in the food sector / Maria C. Cuerva, Ángela Triguero and Francisco José Sáez-Martínez -- 5. Emotion as an ethical compass in strategic sustainability decisions / Kirsi Maaria Snellman and Henri Hakala -- Part IIentrepreneurial ecosystems -- 6. Understanding the emergence of the university-based entrepreneurial ecosystem: Comparing the university and company actors' perspectives / Katja Lahikainen -- 7. Under the surface of the agricultural entrepreneurial support ecosystems: Through the lens of complexity leadership theory / Jennie Cederholm Björklund and Jeaneth Johansson -- Part III: Entrepreneurial conditions -- 8. Does family business background matter? Career decision of postgraduate students / Clara Cardone-Riportella, Isabel Feito-Ruiz and David Urbano -- 9. Organisational conditions stimulating the entrepreneurial mindset / Dagmar Ylva Hattenberg, Olga Belousova And Aard J. Groen -- 10. Growth of social and commercial smes - a comparative study / Annu Kotiranta, Saila Tykkyläinen and Kaisu Puumalainen -- Index.
    Abstract: "Sustainable entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems research is ever evolving and this timely book stimulates further exploration, offering a research agenda and alternative approaches. Presenting new scientific evidence together with policy and other practical implications, chapters demonstrate the vibrancy and diversity of approaches in the field. Chapters on sustainable entrepreneurship analyse the circular economy, entrepreneurial decision-making logics, the drivers of eco-process innovations and strategic sustainability decision-making. Entrepreneurial ecosystems are investigated through discussion of different ecosystem orientations as factors influencing entrepreneurial behaviour. This thought-provoking book concludes with consideration of the conditions predicting entrepreneurial activity or behaviour, including family background and the growth of social and commercial SMEs. This book's up-to-date analysis and practical insight will prove invaluable to scholars and researchers in entrepreneurship as well as other business and management academics, policy-makers and practitioners"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 124
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788972154
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 Seiten)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Toporowski, Jan Credit and crisis from Marx to Minsky
    DDC: 332.7
    RVK:
    Keywords: Monetäre Konjunkturtheorie ; Finanzkrise ; Schuldenkrise ; Theorie ; Credit ; Finance ; Economic history 20th century ; Credit ; Finance ; Economic history 20th century ; Cykl koniunkturalny ; Ekonomia ; Finanse ; Kryzys gospodarczy ; Kapitalizm ; Kryzysy gospodarcze ; Kryzysy gospodarcze 20 w. ; Kapitalizm Analiza marksistowska ; Kapitalizm Aspekt ekonomiczny ; Ekonomia Historia ; Finanse Historia ; Electronic books ; Kredit ; Finanzwirtschaft ; Wirtschaft ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Kapitalismus ; Wirtschaftswissenschaften ; Krisentheorie ; Geschichte ; Marx, Karl 1818-1883 ; Luxemburg, Rosa 1871-1919 ; Hawtrey, Ralph G. 1879-1975 ; Fisher, Irving 1867-1947 ; Keynes, John Maynard 1883-1946 ; Breit, Marek 1907-1942 ; Kalecki, Michał 1899-1970 ; Steindl, Josef 1912-1993 ; Simons, Henry C. 1899-1946 ; Minsky, Hyman P. 1919-1996 ; Krisentheorie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Capitalism and financial crisis -- 1. Marx and the monetary business cycle -- 2. Marx and the emergence of debt markets -- 3. Rosa luxemburg and the marxists on finance -- Part II: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: Unstable money and finance -- 4. Ralph hawtrey and the monetary business cycle -- 5. Irving fisher and debt deflation -- 6. John maynard keynes's financial theory of under-investment i: Towards doubt -- 7. John maynard keynes's financial theory of under-investment ii: Towards uncertainty -- Part III: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: corporate debt and crisis -- 8. The principle of increasing risk: Marek breit -- 9. The principle of increasing risk: Michal kalecki -- 10. The principle of increasing risk: Josef steindl and michal kalecki on profits and finance -- 11. The kalecki-steindl theory of financial fragility -- Part IV: Critical theories of finance in the twentieth century: The financial instability hypothesis -- 12. The monetary theory of kalecki and minsky -- 13. From money to minsky: Henry simons -- 14. The financial instability hypothesis -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: "This timely book studies the economic theories of credit cycles and disturbances in the 20th century, presenting a nuanced view of the role of finance in the economy after the financial crash of 2008. Focusing on the work of economists from Marx onwards, Jan Toporowski moves beyond conventional monetary theory to offer an insightful critical alternative to current financial macroeconomics. The book features an extended discussion of Marx's approach to credit and finance, new insights to Minsky's ideas and a reconsideration of the financial theories of Kalecki and Steindl. Economic researchers and postgraduate students seeking to extend their knowledge of critical approaches to finance will find this an invaluable read, as well as practitioners and policy makers who seek to understand financial instability and unstable markets. This will also be an insightful read for economic historians looking to understand the nuances of different key economic theories and their practical applications"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 125
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788970655
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,968 Seiten)
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als New directions in the economics of higher education
    DDC: 338.43378
    Keywords: Bildungsökonomik ; Studium ; Education, Higher Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Übersichtsarbeit ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2008), 'The Race between Education and Technology', in The Race between Education and Technology, Chapter 8, Appendix D.1, [notes and references], London, UK and Massachusetts, USA: Harvard University Press, 287-323 -- 2. David H. Autor, Frank Levy and Richard J. Murnane (2003), 'The Skill Content of Recent Technological Change: An Empirical Exploration', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1279-333 [55] -- 3. David Card (2001), 'Estimating the Return to Schooling: Progress on Some Persistent Econometric Problems', Econometrica, 69 (5), September, 1127-60 [34] -- 4. Pedro Carneiro, James J. Heckman and Edward J. Vytlacil (2011), 'Estimating Marginal Returns to Education', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2754-81 [28] -- 5. Philip Oreopoulos and Uros Petronijevic (2013), 'Making College Worth It: A Review of the Returns to Higher Education', The Future of Children, 23 (1), Spring, 41-65 [25] -- 6. Janet Currie and Enrico Moretti (2003), 'Mother's Education and the Intergenerational Transmission of Human Capital: Evidence from College Openings', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 118 (4), November, 1495-532 [38] -- 7. Carolina Arteaga (2018), 'The Effect of Human Capital on Earnings: Evidence from a Reform at Colombia's Top University', Journal of Public Economics, 157, 212-25 [14] -- 8. Brian Jacob, Brian McCall and Kevin Stange (2018), 'College as Country Club: Do Colleges Cater to Students' Preferences for Consumption?', Journal of Labor Economics, 36 (2), December, 309-48 [40] -- 9. Thomas J. Kane and Cecelia Elena Rouse (1995), 'Labor-Market Returns to Two and Four Year College', American Economic Review, 85 (3), June, 600-14 [15] -- 10. Mark Hoekstra (2009), 'The Effect of Attending the Flagship State University on Earnings: A Discontinuity-Based Approach', Review of Economics and Statistics, 91 (4), 717-24 [8] -- 11. Seth D. Zimmerman (2014), 'The Returns to College Admission for Academically Marginal Students', Journal of Labor Economics, 32 (4), 711-54 [44] -- 12. David J. Deming, Noam Yuchtman, Amira Abulafi, Claudia Goldin and Lawrence F. Katz (2016), 'The Value of Postsecondary Credentials in the Labor Market: An Experimental Study', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 778-806 [29] -- 13. Joseph G. Altonji, Erica Blom and Costas Meghir (2012), 'Heterogeneity in Human Capital Investments: High School Curriculum, College Major, and Careers', Annual Review of Economics, 4, 185-223 [39] -- 14. Lars J. Kirkeboen, Edwin Leuven and Magne Mogstad (2016), 'Field of Study, Earnings, and Self-selection', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 131 (3), 1057-112 [56] -- 15. Matthew Wiswall and Basit Zafar (2015), 'Determinants of College Major Choice: Identification using an Information Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 82 (2), April, 791-824 [34] -- 16. Enrico Moretti (2004), 'Workers' Education, Spillovers, and Productivity: Evidence from Plant-Level Production Functions', American Economic Review, 94 (3), June, 656-90 [35] -- 17. Adam B. Jaffe (1989), 'Real Effects of Academic Research', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 957-70 [14] -- 18. Otto Toivanen and Lotta Väänänen (2016), 'Education and Invention', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (2), 382-96 [15] -- 19. John Bound, Michael F. Lovenheim and Sarah Turner (2010), 'Why Have College Completion Rates Declined? An Analysis of Changing Student Preparation and Collegiate Resources', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 2 (3), July, 129-57 [29]
    Abstract: 20. Kevin M. Stange (2012), 'An Empirical Investigation of the Option Value of College Enrollment', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 4 (1), January, 49-84 [36] -- 21. Paco Martorell and Isaac McFarlin Jr. (2011), 'Help or Hindrance? The Effects of College Remediation on Academic and Labor Market Outcomes', Review of Economics and Statistics, 93 (2), May, 436-54 [19] -- 22. Peter Arcidiacono (2005), 'Affirmative Action in Higher Education: How Do Admission and Financial Aid Rules Affect Future Earnings?', Econometrica, 73 (5), September, 1477-524 [48] -- 23. Peter Arcidiacono, Esteban M. Aucejo and V. Joseph Hotz (2016), 'University Differences in the Graduation of Minorities in STEM Fields: Evidence from California', American Economic Review, 106 (3), March, 525-62 [38] -- 24. Surendrakumar Bagde, Dennis Epple and Lowell Taylor (2016), 'Does Affirmative Action Work? Caste, Gender, College Quality, and Academic Success in India', American Economic Review, 106 (6), June, 1495-521 [27] -- 25. Susan M. Dynarski and Judith E. Scott-Clayton (2006), 'The Cost of Complexity in Federal Student Aid: Lessons from Optimal Tax Theory and Behavioral Economics', National Tax Journal, 59 (2), June, 319-56 [38] -- 26. Eric P. Bettinger, Bridget Terry Long, Philip Oreopoulos and Lisa Sanbonmatsu (2012), 'The Role of Application Assistance and Information in College Decisions: Results from the H&R Block Fafsa Experiment', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1205-242 [38] -- 27. Caroline M. Hoxby and Sarah Turner (2015), 'What High-Achieving Low-Income Students Know About College', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 514-17 [4] -- 28. Benjamin L. Castleman and Lindsay C. Page (2016), 'Freshman Year Financial Aid Nudges: An Experiment to Increase FAFSA Renewal and College Persistence', Journal of Human Resources, 51 (2), Spring, 389-415 [27] -- 29. Sarena Goodman (2016), 'Learning from the Test: Raising Selective College Enrollment by Providing Information', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (4), October, 671-84 [14] -- 30. Joshua D. Angrist, Daniel Lang and Philip Oreopoulos (2009), 'Incentives and Services for College Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Trial', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 1 (1), January, 136-63 [28] -- 31. Judith Scott-Clayton (2011), 'On Money and Motivation: A Quasi-Experimental Analysis of Financial Incentives for College Achievement', Journal of Human Resources, 46 (3), 614-46 [33] -- 32. Edwin Leuven, Hessel Oosterbeek and Bas van der Klaauw (2010), 'The Effect of Financial Rewards on Students' Achievement: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Journal of the European Economic Association, 8 (6), 1243-65 [23] -- 1. Thomas J. Kane, Peter R. Orszag, Emil Apostolov and Robert P. Inman (2005), 'Higher Education Appropriations and Public Universities: Role of Medicaid and the Business Cycle', Brookings-Wharton Papers on Urban Affairs, 99-146 [48] -- 2. Stephanie Riegg Cellini and Claudio Goldin (2014), 'Does Federal Student Aid Raise Tuition? New Evidence on For-Profit Colleges', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 6 (4), November, 174-206 [33] -- 3. Pietro Garibaldi, Francesco Giavazzi, Andrea Ichino and Enrico Rettore (2012), 'College Cost and Time to Complete a Degree: Evidence from Tuition Discontinuities', Review of Economics and Statistics, 94 (3), August, 699-711 [13] -- 4. Jeffrey T. Denning (2017), 'College on the Cheap: Consequences of Community College Tuition Reductions', American Economic Journal: Economic Policy, 9 (2), May, 155-88 [34] -- 5. Susan M. Dynarski (2003), 'Does Aid Matter? Measuring the Effect of Student Aid on College Attendance and Completion', American Economic Review, 93 (1), March, 279-88 [10] -- 6. Wilbert Van Der Klaauw (2002), 'Estimating the Effect of Financial Aid Offers on College Enrollment: A Regression-Discontinuity Approach', International Economic Review, 43 (4), November, 1249-87 [39]
    Abstract: 7. Sarah R. Cohodes and Joshua S. Goodman (2014), 'Merit Aid, College Quality, and College Completion: Massachusetts' Adams Scholarship as an In-Kind Subsidy', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 6 (4), October, 251-85 [35] -- 8. Gabrielle Fack and Julien Grenet (2015), 'Improving College Access and Success for Low-Income Students: Evidence from a Large Need-Based Grant Program', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 7 (2), April, 1-34 [34] -- 9. Benjamin M. Marx and Lesley J. Turner (2018), 'Borrowing Trouble? Human Capital Investment with Opt-in Costs and Implications for the Effectiveness of Grant Aid', American Economic Journal: Applied Economics, 10 (2), April, 163-201 [39] -- 10. Pedro Carneiro and James Heckman (2002), 'The Evidence on Credit Constraints in Post-Secondary Schooling', Economic Journal, 112 (482), October, 705-34 [30] -- 11. Lance J. Lochner and Alexander Monge-Naranjo (2011), 'The Nature of Credit Constraints and Human Capital', American Economic Review, 101 (6), October, 2487-529 [43] -- 12. Ralph Stinebrickner and Todd Stinebrickner (2008), 'The Effect of Credit Constraints on the College Drop-out Decision: A Direct Approach Using a New Panel Study', American Economic Review, 98 (5), December, 2163-84 [22] -- 13. Harald Beyer, Justine Hastings, Christopher Neilson and Seth Zimmerman (2015), 'Connecting Student Loans to Labor Market Outcomes: Policy Lessons from Chile', American Economic Review, 105 (5), May, 508-13 [6] -- 14. Alex Solis (2017), 'Credit Access and College Enrollment', Journal of Political Economy, 125 (2), April, 562-622 [61] -- 15. Michael F. Lovenheim and C. Lockwood Reynolds (2013), 'The Effect of Housing Wealth on College Choice: Evidence from the Housing Boom', Journal of Human Resources, 48 (1), 1-35 [35] -- 16. Scott E. Carrell and James E. West (2010), 'Does Professor Quality Matter? Evidence from Random Assignment of Students to Professors', Journal of Political Economy, 118 (3), June, 409-32 [24] -- 17. Robert W. Fairlie, Florian Hoffmann and Philip Oreopoulos (2014), 'A Community College Instructor like Me: Race and Ethnicity Interactions in the Classroom', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2567-91 [25] -- 18. David N. Figlio, Morton O. Schapiro and Kevin B. Soter (2015), 'Are Tenure Track Professors Better Teachers?', Review of Economics and Statistics, 97 (4), October, 715-24 [10] -- 19. Eric P. Bettinger, Lindsay Fox, Susanna Loeb and Eric S. Taylor (2017), 'Virtual Classrooms: How Online College Courses Affect Student Success', American Economic Review, 107 (9), September, 2855-75 [21] -- 20. Robert W. Fairlie and Rebecca A. London (2012), 'The Effects of Home Computers on Educational Outcomes: Evidence from a Field Experiment with Community College Students', Economic Journal, 122 (561), June, 727-53 [27] -- 21. Bruce Sacerdote (2001), 'Peer Effects with Random Assignment: Results for Dartmouth Roommates', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 116 (2), May, 681-704 [24] -- 22. Scott E. Carell, Bruce I. Sacerdote and James E. West (2013), 'From Natural Variation to Optimal Policy? The Importance of Endogenous Peer Group Formation', Econometrica, 81 (3), May, 855-82 [28] -- 23. Adam S. Booij, Edwin Leuven and Hessel Oosterbeek (2017), 'Ability Peer Effects in University: Evidence from a Randomized Experiment', Review of Economic Studies, 84 (2), 547-78 [32] -- 24. Fabian Waldinger (2016), 'Bombs, Brains, and Science: The Role of Human and Physical Capital for the Creation of Scientific Knowledge', Review of Economics and Statistics, 98 (5), December, 811-31 [21] -- 25. Pierre Azoulay, Joshua S. Graff Zivin and Jialan Wang (2010), 'Superstar Extinction', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (2), May, 549-89 [41] -- 26. George J. Borjas and Kirk B. Doran (2012), 'The Collapse of the Soviet Union and the Productivity of American Mathematicians', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 127 (3), 1143-203 [61] -- 27. Gordon C. Winston (1999), 'Subsidies, Hierarchy and Peers: The Awkward Economics of Higher Education', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 13 (1), Winter, 13-36 [24] -- 28. Ronald G. Ehrenberg (2012), 'American Higher Education in Transition', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (1), Winter, 193-216 [24] -- 29. Caroline M. Hoxby (2015), 'Endowment Management Based on a Positive Model of the University' in Jeffrey R. Brown, Caroline M. Hoxby (eds), How the Financial Crisis and Great Recession Affected Higher Education, Chapter 1, Chicago, USA: University of Chicago Press, 15-41 [27] -- 30. Dennis Epple, Richard Romano and Holger Sieg (2006), 'Admission, Tuition, and Financial Aid Policies in the Market for Higher Education', Econometrica, 74 (4), 885-928 [44] -- 31. Chistopher N. Avery, Mark E. Glickman, Caroline M. Hoxby and Andrew Metrick (2013), 'A Revealed Preference Ranking of U.S. Colleges and Universities', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 128 (1), 425-67 [43]
    Abstract: "The 63 seminal papers presented in this two-volume collection provide an overview of the vibrant and growing field of the economics of higher education. Covering the full breadth of the topic, the sections of the collection cover the returns to higher education, college attendance and completion, higher education financing, educational production, and the market for higher education. An original introductory chapter by the editors puts the collected papers into the perspective of developments in the wider literature on the economics of higher education over the past decade"--
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 126
    ISBN: 9781839105098
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 Seiten)
    Edition: Second edition
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Organisatorischer Wandel ; Organisationstheorie ; Philosophie ; Organizational change Philosophy ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction - 'changing philosophies' -- 2. The theory philosophy: 'changing theories' -- 3. The rational philosophy: 'changing plans' -- 4. The biological philosophy: 'changing organisms' -- 5. The models philosophy: 'changing consultants' -- 6. The institutional philosophy: 'changing conformity' -- 7. The resource philosophy: 'changing opportunities' -- 8. The psychological philosophy: 'changing minds' -- 9. The systems philosophy: 'changing everything' -- 10. The cultural philosophy: 'changing values' -- 11. The critical philosophy: 'changing realities' -- 12. The innovation philosophy: 'changing ideas' -- 13. The dualities philosophy: 'changing tensions' -- 14. Conclusion: 'changing futures' -- Index.
    Abstract: "This revised and extended second edition evaluates the diverse approaches to organizational change that have defined the field. Explaining the assumptions and implications that accompany these diverse philosophies, this book demystifies the complexities of conflicting perspectives and delivers valuable insights into the research and practice of organizational change. Philosophies of Organizational Change employs a critical analysis of scholarly writings that have shaped the evolution of alternative perspectives on change. It examines twelve unique approaches to change, charting the territory from philosophy and theory to practice and implications. By uncovering the deep assumptions associated with organizational change, the book supplies readers with a comprehensive analytical toolkit with which to pursue change in an unprecedented era of organizational disruption. Offering a guide through contradictory approaches to implementing change, this book will appeal to scholars and researchers in organization theory. It will also be valuable for MBA and DBA students, as well as undergraduate business students engaging with critical debates on theories and tools for introducing change"--
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 127
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788114363
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 online resource (192 pages)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Also issued as:
    Keywords: Special events Management ; Research ; Electronic books
    Abstract: "Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. Offering a unique collection of established and emerging perspectives on event management, this Research Agenda investigates contemporary themes and innovative methodologies. 10 chapters cover core topics in the current academic debate, exploring the development of event management from a management-oriented field into a multidisciplinary research area. Organised into three parts, the Research Agenda contains international contributions from academics across tourism, geography, management, psychology and sociology fields. Initially tackling events in society, the book moves on to look specifically at the consumer, and finally examines the event organization. Chapters recommend the integration of events in geographical and political contexts, suggesting research agendas for the future that focus on the spectator, the participant and, ultimately, the consumer. Critical reading for management and tourism scholars, this book offers key insights to developing topics in the field. Event practitioners and policy makers will also greatly benefit from reading this"--
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction to a research agenda for event management / Erik Lundberg, Tommy D. Andersson and John Armbrecht -- Part I: Events in society -- 2. Re-thinking event sustainability / Judith Mair -- 3. The past, present and future of event safety research / Morten Thanning Vendelø -- 4. Event bidding: a research agenda for major and mega sport events / David McGillivray, Daniel Turner and John Lauermann -- 5. Event evaluation and impact assessment: five challenges / Donald Getz -- Part II: The event consumer -- 6. Re-thinking the value of events for event attendees: emerging themes from psychology / Eliza Kitchen and Sebastian Filep -- 7. Event experience research directions / Greg Richards -- 8. Managing extraordinary event experiences: understanding consumer immersion / Lena Mossberg -- 9. Participant events and the active event consumer / Tommy D. Andersson, John Armbrecht and Erik Lundberg -- Part III: The event organisation -- 10. Revisiting and advancing the research agenda for event volunteering / Karen A. Smith, Leonie Lockstone-Binney and Kirsten Holmes -- 11. Knowledge management in event and festival organisations: Challenges and future directions / Raphaela Stadler -- Index
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 128
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788119788
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series 367
    Series Statement: [Edward Elgar books]
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: [Elgaronline]
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of agglomeration
    Keywords: Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Agglomerationseffekt ; Ballungsraum ; Mikrofundierung ; Innovation ; Wissenstransfer ; Arbeitsmarkt ; Wirtschaftsgeographie ; Urban economics ; Megacities Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): 1. Gilles Duranton and Henry G. Overman (2005), 'Testing for localization using micro-geographic data', Review of economic studies, 72 (4), December, 1077-106 -- 2. J. Vernon Henderson (2003), 'Marshall's scale economies', Journal of urban economics, 53 (1), January, 1-28 -- 3. Pierre-Philippe Combes, Gilles Duranton, and Laurent Gobillon (2008), 'Spatial wage disparities: sorting matters!', Journal of urban economics, 63 (2), March, 723-42 -- 4. Michael Greenstone, Richard Hornbeck and Enrico Moretti (2010), 'Identifying agglomeration spillovers: evidence from winners and losers of large plant openings', Journal of political economy, 118 (3), June, 536-98 -- 5. Pierre-Philippe Combes (2012), 'The productivity advantages of large cities: distinguishing agglomeration from firm selection', Econometrica, 80 (6), November, 2543-94 -- 6. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2003), 'Geography, industrial organization, and agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 85 (2), May, 377-93 -- 7. Mohammad Arzaghi and J. Vernon Henderson (2008), 'Networking off Madison Avenue', Review of economic studies, 75 (4), October, 1011-38 -- 8. Gabriel M. Ahlfeldt, Stephen J. Redding, Daniel M. Strum and Nikolas Wolf (2015), 'The economics of density: evidence from the Berlin Wall', Econometrica, 86 (6), November, 2127-89 -- 9. Glenn Ellison, Edward L. Glaeser and William R. Kerr (2010), 'What causes industry agglomeration? Evidence from coagglomeration patterns', American economic review, 100 (3), June, 1195-213 -- 10. Stuart S. Rosenthal and William C. Strange (2001), 'The Determinants of Agglomeration', Journal of Urban Economics, 50 (2), September, 191-229 -- 11. Jordi Jofre-Monseny, Raquel Marín-López and Elisabet Viladecans-Marsal (2011), 'The mechanisms of agglomeration: evidence from the effect of inter-industry relations on the location of new firms', Journal of urban economics, 70 (2-3), September-November, 61-74 -- 12. Stephen B. Billings and Erik B. Johnson (2016), 'Agglomeration within an urban area', Journal of urban economics, 91, January, 13-25 -- 13. Giulia Faggio, Olmo Silva and William C. Strange (2017), 'Heterogeneous agglomeration', Review of economics and statistics, 99 (1), February, 80-94 -- 14. Gilles Duranton and Diego Puga (2001), 'Nursery cities: urban diversity, process innovation, and the life cycle of products', American economic review, 91 (5), December, 1454-77 -- 15. Jeffrey Lin (2011), 'Technological adaptation, cities, and new work', Review of economics and statistics, 93 (2), May, 554-74 -- 16. Donald R. Davis and David E. Weinstein (2002), 'Bones, bombs, and break points: the geography of economic activity', American economic review, 92 (5), December, 1269-89 -- 17. Ajay Agrawal, Devesh Kapur and John McHale (2008), 'How do spatial and social proximity influence knowledge flows? Evidence from patent data', Journal of urban economics, 64 (2), September, 258-69 -- 18. Edward L. Glaeser, Sari Pekkala Kerr and William R. Kerr (2015), 'Entrepreneurship and urban growth: an empirical assessment with historical mines', Review of economics and statistics, 97 (2), April, 498-520 -- 19. Bruce Fallick, Charles A. Fleischman and James B. Rebitzer (2006), 'Job-Hopping in Silicon Valley: some evidence concerning the microfoundations of a high-technology cluster', Review of economics and statistics, 88 (3), October, 472-81.
    Abstract: 20. Hoyt Bleakley and Jeffrey Lin (2012), 'Thick-market effects and churning in the labor market: evidence from US cities', Journal of urban economics, 72 (2-3), September-November, 87-103 -- 21. Jorge De La Roca and Diego Puga (2017), 'Learning by working in big cities', Review of economic studies, 84 (1), January, 106-42 -- 22. Nathaniel Baum-Snow and Ronni Pavan (2011), 'Understanding the city size wage gap', Review of economic studies, 79 (1), August, 88-127 -- 23. Rebecca Diamond (2016), 'The determinants and welfare implications of US workers' diverging location choices by skill: 1980-2000', American economic review, 106 (3), March, 479-524 -- 24. Marigee Bacolod, Bernardo S. Blum and William C. Strange (2016), 'Skills in the city', Journal of urban economics, 65 (2), March, 136-53 -- 25. Joseph Gyourko, Christopher Mayer, and Todd Sinai (2013), 'Superstar cities', American economic journal: economic policy, 5 (4), November, 167-99 -- 26. Gianmarco Ottaviano, Takatoshi Tabuchi and Jacques-François Thisse (2002), 'Agglomeration and trade revisited', International economic review, 43 (2), May, 409-35 -- 27. Treb Allen and Costas Arkolakis (2014), 'Trade and the topography of the spatial economy', Quarterly journal of economics, 129 (3), June, 1085-140 -- 28. Thomas J. Holmes (2011), 'The diffusion of Wal-Mart and economies of density', Econometrica, 79 (1), January, 253-302.
    Abstract: "This inspiring collection compiles the most essential papers encompassing agglomeration economies. Agglomeration economies are manifested in cities and industry clusters shaping the neighborhoods and the regions that contain them. The literature is unified around several themes: Improvements in econometric methods and data, geographic scales at which agglomeration economies operate, micro-neighborhoods and mega-regions. The volume also uncovers the forces driving the field including labor markets, input markets and dynamic phenomena such as innovation, technology change and growth. Prefaced by an original introduction from the editor, this collection promises to be a useful tool for scholars as well as a fascinating read to those interested in the subject area"--
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 129
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781788116237
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xvii, 349 pages)
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on intervention and statebuilding
    DDC: 327.1
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intervention (International law) ; Nation-building ; Intervention ; Nationenbildung ; Intervention ; Konfliktregelung ; Internationaler Konflikt ; Internationale Politik ; Internationale Organisation ; Problemlösen ; Fähigkeit ; Failed State ; Begrenzte Staatlichkeit ; Institutionalisierung ; Handbuch ; Nation-building ; Intervention (International law) ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Intervention ; State building
    Abstract: "This innovative Handbook offers a new perspective on the cutting-edge conceptual advances that have shaped - and continue to shape - the field of intervention and statebuilding. Bringing together leading global scholars, the Handbook on Intervention and Statebuilding offers a cross-cutting perspective on a wide array of themes. Chapters cover democracy promotion, transitional justice and humanitarianism, as well as the involvement of drones and cyber technology in conflicts. Employing state-of-the-art perspectives on the most crucial themes, this Handbook explores issues at the heart of contemporary statebuilding. This Handbook will be critical reading for researchers at all levels in the broad field of international relations and peace and conflict studies. Upper-level students of political science will also benefit from the breadth of topics covered"--
    Abstract: 1. Introduction to the handbook on intervention and statebuilding: Moving beyond the current orthodoxy / Nicolas Lemay-Hébert -- 2. Intervention and statebuilding beyond the human / David Chandler -- 3. Knowledge, expertise and the politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Roland Kostić -- 4. Post-conflict reconstruction, the local, and the indigenous / Elisa Randazzo -- 5. Data in the context of intervention and statebuilding / Isabel Rocha de Siqueira -- 6. The ambiguity of statebuilding / Florian P. Kühn -- 7. International statebuilding interventions and the politics of scale / Shahar Hameiri and Fabio Scarpello -- 8. Intervening in a diverse world: Revisiting the 'problem' of difference in international statebuilding / Pol Bargués-Pedreny and Xavier Mathieu -- 9. Decolonial 'interventions'? Potentials and challenges of decolonial perspectives / Philipp Lottholz -- 10. Democracy promotion and statebuilding / Sonja Grimm -- 11. Post-conflict statebuilding as contentious politics / Outi Donovan -- 12. State formation in the context of hybrid political orders / Volker Boege -- 13. The everyday politics of international intervention / Janosch Neil Kullenberg -- 14. Non-state actors, service delivery and statebuilding / Claire Mcloughlin -- 15. Clear, hold, build ... A 'local' state: Counterinsurgency and territorial orders in somalia / Louise Wiuff Moe -- 16. International political sociology of interventions / Médéric Martin-Mazé -- 17. From international justice and statebuilding to international justice as statebuilding / Sara Dezalay -- 18. Mapping the nexus of transitional justice and peacebuilding / Catherine Baker and Jelena Obradovic-Wochnik -- 19. Civilian protection in the context of interventions / Cecilia Jacob -- 20. The spatial dimensions of statebuilding / Annika Björkdahl and Stefanie Kappler -- 21. The temporal dimension in the study of interventions / Róisín Read and Roger Mac Ginty -- 22. Statebuilding and narrative / Josefin Graef and Raquel da Silva -- 23. Myths and the international politics of intervention and statebuilding / Berit Bliesemann de Guevara and Catherine Goetze -- 24. Cyber security: States, development and intervention / Kristan Stoddart -- 25. The plain drone, the armed drone and human security / Astri Suhrke -- 26. New forms of intervention: The case of humanitarian refugee biometrics / Katja Lindskov Jacobsen -- 27. Transnational environmental crime: From securitization to intervention and statebuilding / Lorraine Elliott -- 28. The aid bunker: Security risk management in conflict zones / Florian Weigand -- 29. From gendered war to gendered peace? Feminist perspectives on international intervention in sites of conflict / Maria O'Reilly -- 30. Romanticising the locals and the externals? Identifying challenges to a gendered ssr / Nina Wilén -- 31. The political economy of gender and peacebuilding / Yasmin Chilmeran and Jacqui True -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 130
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 1788111753 , 9781788111751
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (x, 216 pages)
    Uniform Title: Elgaronline: Social and Political Science Collection 2019
    DDC: 306.2
    Keywords: Political culture ; Political sociology ; Sociologie politique ; Political culture ; Political sociology
    Abstract: "This insightful book develops a new theoretical account of governance as regimes of governing practices that shape the political ordering of social relations. This account develops insights from sociology, politics and political economy and is 'post'-poststructuralist in scope. Chapters explore and synthesise three key features of governing that are often treated as contradictory: the historical contingency of statehood, the structured and unequal distribution of power and authority in governing, and the transformative possibilities of political action. This book proposes an innovative approach to governance analysis as a critical mode of empirical enquiry that is systematic, contextualised and holistic. In doing so, it also provides a new analytical framework to facilitate empirical investigation. Featuring tools of situated critique and analytical contextualisation, and with case study chapters that apply this framework in a range of empirical settings, this book is vital reading for all researchers of public policy and governance. Furthermore, researchers applying state theories to empirical investigation, and postgraduate students scrutinising complex governance settings, will also benefit from this book's theoretical account, analytical framework and case examples".
    Description / Table of Contents: Part I: Ontology, theory, epistemology -- 1. Introduction to governance analysis: critical enquiry at the intersection of politics, policy and society / Emma Carmel -- 2. Regimes of governing practices, socio-political order and contestation / Emma Carmel -- 3. Governance analysis: epistemological orientations and analytical framework / Emma Carmel -- Part II: Governing practices, statehoods and social inequalities -- 4. Governing skills, governing workplaces: explaining the new labour skills strategy for England / Hannah Durrant -- 5. The political ordering of migrant workers through labour admission policies / Regine Paul -- 6. Understanding the complexity and implications of the English care policy system / Fiona Morgan -- 7. Understanding the state-third sector relationship in public services delivery / Jenny Harlock -- Part III: Governing practices, social politics and contestation -- 8. Participatory governing through co-production and co-design / Michelle Farr -- 9. Participatory governing at the margins of the state / Sarah Morgan-Trimmer -- 10. Governing, politics and policy contestation within European networks / Hester Kan -- Index.
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 131
    ISBN: 9789264304505 , 9789264307223 , 9789264307230
    Language: English
    Pages: 200 p. , 21 x 28cm
    Series Statement: The Development Dimension
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Enhancing connectivity through transport infrastructure
    Keywords: Verkehrsinfrastruktur ; Infrastrukturfinanzierung ; Entwicklungshilfe ; Infrastrukturinvestition ; Private Investition ; Welt ; Development
    Abstract: Transport infrastructure is crucial to connect developing countries and help them to boost trade, growth and regional integration. This is because cross-border or long-distance roads and railways as well as international ports and airports are needed to move products and people around in a globalised world. What can bilateral and multilateral development partners do to help connect developing countries through transport infrastructure? This report takes stock of continental and regional transport plans in Africa, Asia, Latin America and parts of Europe to place development co-operation in context. It then examines the strategies and activities of development partners for transport connectivity. It also takes a hard look at the allocation of official development finance for transport connectivity, particularly in relation to the distribution of private investment for the same types of infrastructure. How large is the financing gap for transport connectivity to meet the Sustainable Development Goals? What can development partners do to fill this gap? How can they create an environment that can help mobilise more private resources? The report provides a comprehensive picture of the current state of play as well as food for thought on what can be done to move forward. It also features 16 profiles of development partners and their activities for improving transport connectivity.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 132
    ISBN: 9789264085107 , 9789264303683 , 9789264303676
    Language: English
    Pages: 100 p. , 21 x 28cm
    Series Statement: OECD Health Policy Studies
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Care needed
    DDC: 330
    Keywords: Alterskrankheit ; Pflegebedürftigkeit ; OECD-Staaten ; Social Issues/Migration/Health
    Abstract: Across the OECD, nearly 19 million people are living with dementia. Millions of family members and friends provide care and support to loved ones with dementia throughout their lives. Globally, dementia costs over USD 1 trillion per year and represents one of the leading causes of disability for elderly adults. These numbers will continue to rise as populations age. Until a cure or disease-modifying treatment for dementia is developed, the progress of the disease cannot be stopped. This report presents the most up-to-date and comprehensive cross-country assessment of the state of dementia care in OECD countries. In recent years, OECD countries have enhanced their efforts to provide high-quality dementia care during diagnosis, early and advanced dementia, but improving measurement is necessary for enhancements in care quality and outcomes for people with dementia. The report advises a set of policies that can help countries to improve diagnosis, strengthen access to care services, improve the quality of care, and support the families and carers of people living with dementia. Measuring and comparing the services that are delivered to people with dementia and the outcomes they achieve is a crucial part of improving dementia care. Most health systems have very poor data on dementia care and countries should work to strengthen the measurement of quality and outcomes of dementia care.
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 133
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785363269
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (544 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employee health promotion ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction: why well-being matters -- 1. Work and well-being / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. The many "faces" of well-being / Thomas A. Wright, Kyle J. Emich and Dorothy Klotz -- 3. Job demands in a changing world / Bettine Kubicek and Christian Korunka -- 4. Models in work and health research: the JDC(S) and JD-R frameworks / Toon Taris -- Part II: Work and well-being: the bad news -- 5. Burnout and well-being / Adam Pervez and Jonathon Halbesleben -- 6. Job insecurity: implications for employee well-being -- Tahira M. Probst and Lindsey M. Lavaysse -- 7. Precarious employment: what it means for workers and their families / Wayne Lewchuk and Michelynn Lafleche -- Part III: An analysis of work and health in some occupations -- 8. Well-being of farmers and miners: a study on the occupational and safety risks of these vulnerable populations / Jinky Leilanie del Prado-Lu -- 9. Work and wellbeing in the construction industry / Helen Lingard and Michelle Turner -- 10. Stress in policing: sources, consequences and interventions / Ronald J. Burke -- 11. Workplace mental health in the veterinary sector strategies for veterinary organizations / Kathryn M. Page, N.J. Reavley, A.J. Milner, J. Weston, C.E. Thomson and A.D. Lamontagne -- Part IV: Work and well-being: the good news. -- 12. Leadership and employee well-being / Sophie Vincent-Hoper, Friederike Hull, Sabine Gregersen and Albert Nienhaus -- 13. Work engagement and employee well-being / Paul Fairlie -- 14. Gratitude: an antidote to work stress. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Barbara L. Ahrens -- 15. Developing psychological capital to boost work performance and wellbeing. / Carolyn M. Youssef-Morgan and Jeff Dahms -- 16. A safe workplace environment. / Sharon Clarke -- 17. Work-family enrichment: a literature review / Valerie J. Morganson and Holly C.Atkinson -- 18. Finding the balance: initiatives to promote work-life balance / Arla Day and Nikola Hartling -- Part V: Interventions addressing the work-well-being relationship -- 19. The global workplace and the new work hazards: what are the necessary responses at the national and firm levels? / Jinky Leilanie del Pradu-Lu -- 20. Leadership -- Interventions to improve well-being / E. Kevin Kelloway and Jennifer K. Dimoff -- 21. Mindfulness at work / Kathleen A. Moore -- 22. Corporate wellness programs: do they increase employee well-being? / Astrid M. Richardsen -- 23. Psychologically healthy workplace practices and employee well-being. / David W. Ballard and Matthew J. Grawitch -- Index.
    Abstract: Almost every person works at some point in their lives. The Research Handbook on Work and Well-Being examines the association of particular work experiences with employee and organizational health and performance. Ronald J. Burke and Kathryn M. Page bring together an impressive collection of contributions where well-being is considered an umbrella term for happiness, satisfaction, flow, engagement, commitment and organizational identification, among other concepts. Chapters describe successful organizational efforts to achieve high levels of employee well-being and creating psychologically healthy workplaces. They cover topics such as transformational leadership, organizational support, training and development and supportive work-family policies and programs. Acknowledging that work experiences and conditions can also contribute to dissatisfaction, insecurity, illness, injuries and even death, they also examine negative work experiences and conditions such as abusive supervision, occupational stress, little control and insecurity. Practical and engaging, this Handbook will appeal to academics and students interested in work and health. Containing the latest research evidence, it will also offer valuable insights to human resource managers, organizational wellness managers and occupational health practitioners
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: B.L. Ahrens, H.C. Atkinson, D.W. Ballard, T.M. Brobst, R.J. Burke S. Clarke, J.P. Dahms, A. Day, J.K. Dimoff, K.J. Emich, P. Fairlie, M.J. Grawitch, S. Gregersen, J. Halbesleben, N. Hartling, F. Hull, E.K. Kelloway, D. Klotz, C. Korunka, B. Kubicek, M. Lafleche, T. LaMontagne, L.M. Lavaysse, W. Lewchuk, H. Lingard, J. Leilanie Del Prado Lu, A. Milner, K. Moore, V.J. Morganson, A. Nienhaus, K. Page, A. Pervez, N. Reavley, A.M. Richardsen, T.Taris, C. Thomson, M. Turner, S. Vincent-Hoper, J. Weston, T.A. Wright, C.M. Youssef-Morgan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 134
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364860
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Services, economy and innovation series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research methods in service innovation
    RVK:
    Keywords: Dienstleistungsinnovation ; Marktforschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Service industries Technological innovations ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Service innovation research methods / Flemming Sørensen and Francesco Lapenta -- 2. Quantitative measurement instruments: a case of developing a method for measuring innovation in service firms / Jon Sundbo -- 3. The critical incident technique and everyday innovation / Lars Fuglsang -- 4. Laddering method in service innovation research / Niels Nolsøe Grünbaum -- 5. Narratives as driver for co-creating new stories of service / Anne Vorre Hansen -- 6. Mapping innovation processes: visual techniques for opening and presenting the black box of service innovation processes / Anne Rørbæk Olesen -- 7. Interpretivist analyses of social networks of service innovation / Jørn Kjølseth Møller and Flemming Sørensen -- 8. The role of social media data for research on user driven innovation / Ada Scupola -- 9. Using technology oriented scenario analysis for innovation research. the case of service innovation in financial services / Francesco Lapenta -- 10. Using future workshops for idea generation in engaged service innovation research / Ada Scupola -- 11. Service innovation field experiments: developing and testing new innovation processes / Flemming Sørensen -- 12. Service innovation in complex research projects: learnings from working within a triple helix framework / Claire Esther Staddon Forder -- Index.
    Abstract: Research Methods in Service Innovation provides an essential methodological toolbox for researchers, students and practitioners interested in better understanding innovation and improving innovation processes in service organisations. Each chapter presents a specific method, introduces its theoretical foundations, explains its practical application, and provides examples and suggestions for its implementation. The methods described include original and innovative methodological approaches, such as technology-oriented scenario analysis, experiments and laddering, as well as critical incident techniques, social network analysis, blogs, visual techniques, narratives and future workshops. Together, the chapters encourage readers to understand service innovation research as a process that requires creative methodological thinking. The book adapts various methods and processes from different areas of research, and evaluates their strengths, limitations and possible applications in specific areas of service innovation. Researchers and academics will find this collection to be an essential state-of-the-art resource for research in the fields of service innovation and innovation in general. The book will also appeal to practitioners and consultants dealing with both public and private service organisations
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: C. Forder, L. Fuglsang, N.N. Grünbaum, A.V. Hansen, F. Lapenta, J.K. Møller, A.R. Olesen, A. Scupola, F. Sørensen, J. Sundbo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 135
    ISBN: 9781783479580
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Collaborative strategy
    DDC: 658/.044
    RVK:
    Keywords: Strategische Allianz ; Unternehmensnetzwerk ; Collaboration ; Strategic alliances (Business) ; Business networks ; Strategic planning ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Strategische Allianz
    Abstract: pt. I. Theoretical building blocks -- pt. II. Partner selection and alliance investment decisions -- pt. III. Contractual foundations of alliances -- pt. IV. Relational and behavioral aspects of alliances -- pt. V. Alliance networks and portfolios -- pt. VI. Novel collaborative relationships -- pt. VII. Consequences of inter-organizational collaboration.
    Abstract: This book provides approachable and insightful chapters that summarize state-of-the-art thinking and research on alliances and networks. Contributions by leading scholars cover foundations or fundamentals as well as frontier areas through a diverse range of perspectives. Topics include: - the theoretical foundations of collaborative strategy - firms' partner selection and investment decisions - contractual foundations of collaboration - relational and behavioral aspects of collaboration, networks and portfolios - novel collaborative relationships such as ecosystems and public-private partnerships, and the consequences of inter-organizational collaborations. For doctoral and masters students, as well as managers new to the area of collaborative strategy, this collection provides concise chapters and literature reviews that make it an invaluable resource. Business practitioners and consultants who want to learn about this area and the underlying theory will also find this book a useful reference
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Ariño, B. Arslan, N. Asgari, R.P. Bremner, S.M. Bruhs, C. Butter, S. Cabral, L. Capron, T. Chi, J. Choi, F.J. Contractor, Y. Doz, P. Dussauge, J. Dyer, K.M. Eisenhardt, D.W. Elfenbein, A. Gambardella, F. Habasche, J. Hagedoorn, D.P. Hannah, K.R. Harrigan, W. Hesterly, M.A. Hitt, W.H. Hoffmann, P. Kale, A. Keller, I. Kivleniece, T. Kretschmer, D. Lavie, S. Lazzarini, D. Li, J. Li, R. Madhavan, X. Martin, O.J. Martinez, K.J. Mayer, T. Mellewigt, L. Mesquita, A. Milakhin, W. Mitchell, K. Neumann, T. Nguyen, J.E. Oxley, C. Panico, L. Poppo, J. Prescott, B. Quélin, R. Ragozzino, J.J. Reuer, M. Rivera-Santos, A. Seth, B.S. Silverman, H. Singh, K. Singh, I. Stern, M. Stienstra, M. Sytch, S. Tallman, B. Vanneste, F. Wohlgezogen, X. Zhe, M. Zollo
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 136
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786436337
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (160 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Employees Abuse of ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. Emotion, its function and emancipation from social control -- 3. Emancipation from emotional repression through emotion regulation -- 4. Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: Emotion is often used by organizations to manipulate and repress workers. However, this repression can have adverse psychological and social consequences for them. This book articulates the pathways through which this repression occurs, and offers emotion regulation as a tool for workers to emancipate themselves from this repression and social control. Bringing together the largely unconnected literatures on critical theory and emotion regulation, this book articulates two pathways to social control currently underexplored in management: one where the social functions of emotion are exploited, and one where discussions about emotion override its social function. The author illustrates the processes through which workers can start to 'see through' the repression, and enlist emotion regulation strategies to emancipate themselves from it. These strategies may work in the short to medium term but, in the long term, workers may eventually change jobs. If staff turnover becomes unsustainable, the organization can seek to change the social structures causing the repression of workers in the first place. Combining fresh theoretical insights with practically informed vignettes, this book will appeal to academics and students across many social science disciplines, including business studies, organization studies, cognitive change, sociology and psychology. Both practising managers and disenchanted workers will also find this an enlightening read
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 137
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363863
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on gender and leadership
    DDC: 658.4/09082
    RVK:
    Keywords: Geschlecht ; Führungsstil ; Welt ; Women executives ; Leadership Sex differences ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Weibliche Führungskraft
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / Susan R. Madsen -- Part I: Setting the stage -- 1. The current status of women leaders worldwide / Elizabeth Goryunova, Robbyn T. Scribner and Susan R. Madsen -- 2. Asilomar declaration and call to action on women and leadership : women and leadership affinity group, international leadership association -- 3. Reflections on glass : second wave feminist theorizing in a third wave feminist age? / Savita Kumra -- Part II: Advancing women & leadership theory -- 4. Creativity in theorizing for women and leadership : a multi-paradigm perspective / Julia Storberg-Walker and Kristina Natt Och Dag -- 5. Social psychological approaches to women and leadership theory / Crystal L. Hoyt and Stefanie Simon -- 6. Sociological approaches to women and leadership theory / Christy Glass and Alicia Ingersoll -- 7. Sociolinguistic approaches to gender and leadership theory / Judith Baxter -- 8. Using organizational and management science theories to understand women and leadership / Chantal Van Esch, Karlygash Assylkhan and Diana Bilimoria -- 9. No woman left behind : critical leadership development to build gender consciousness and transform organizations / Laura Bierema -- Part III: Individual motivators to lead -- 10. Women's leadership aspirations / Lynne E. Devnew, Ann M. Berghout Austin, Marlene Janzen Le Ber and Mary Shapiro -- 11. Women's leadership ambition in early careers / Ruth Sealy and Charlotte Harman -- 12. Women's leadership identity : exploring person and context in theory / Wendy Fox-Kirk, Constance Campbell and Chrys Egan -- 13. The role of purpose and calling in women's leadership experiences / Karen A. Longman and Debbie Lamm Bray -- 14. Women, leadership, and power / Katharina Pick -- 15. Using neuroscience methods to explore gender differences in leadership / Suzanne J. Peterson and Amy L. Bartels -- 16. The connection between success, choice, and leadership for women / Sarah Leberman and Jane Simmonds -- Part IV: Gender-based leadership challenges and barriers -- 17. An overview of gender-based leadership barriers / Amy B. Diehl and Leanne M. Dzubinski -- 18. Organizational processes and systems that affect women in leadership / Michelle Bligh and Ai Ito -- 19. Individual stresses and strains in the ascent to leadership : gender, work, and family / Amy E. Smith and Deneen M. Hatmaker -- 20. Gender stereotypes and unconscious bias / Deborah L. Rhode -- 21. Theorizing women leaders' negative relations with other women / Sharon Mavin, Gina Grandy and Jannine Williams -- 22. The effect of media on women and leadership / Carole Elliot and Valerie Stead -- Part V: Developing women leaders -- 23. Advancing women through developmental relationships / Wendy M. Murphy, Kerry Roberts Gibson and Kathy E. Kram -- 24. Gender differences in developmental experiences / Cathleen Clerkin and Meena S. Wilson -- 25. Women-only leadership programs : a deeper look / Mary Ellen Kassotakis -- 26. Supporting women's career development / Ronald J. Burke -- 27. Future strategies for developing women as leaders / Faith Wambura Ngunjiri and Rita A. Gardiner -- Afterword / Susan R. Madsen -- Index.
    Abstract: Although some progress has been made in recent decades in getting women into top positions in government, business and education, there are on-going, persisting challenges with efforts to improve the opportunities for women in leadership. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership comprises the latest research from the world's foremost scholars on women and leadership, exposing problems and offering both theoretical and practical solutions on how to best strengthen the impact of women around the world. The Handbook provides a brief overview of the current state of women in global leadership, explores theories (both established and emerging) focused specifically on women, and examines with both theoretical and empirical research some of the factors that influence women's motivations to lead. The authors delineate some of the most persistent barriers to women's leadership success and conclude with the latest research findings on how to best develop women leaders to improve their status worldwide. The Handbook of Research on Gender and Leadership will appeal to scholars and advanced students in leadership and entrepreneurship. It will be essential reading for leadership coaches, practitioners and business people, particularly those who facilitate leadership programs for women
    Note: Contributors include: K. Assylkhan, A.M.B. Austin, A.L. Bartels, J. Baxter, L.L. Bierema, D. Bilimoria, M. Bligh, D.L. Bray, R.J. Burke, C. Campbell, C. Clerkin, L.E. Devnew, A.B. Diehl, L.M. Dzubinski, C. Egan, C. Elliot, W. Fox-Kirk, R.A. Gardiner, K.R. Gibson, C. Glass, E. Goryunova, G. Grandy, C. Harman, D.M. Hatmaker, C.L. Hoyt, A. Ingersoll, A. Ito, M. Janzen Le Ber, M.E. Kassotakis, K.E. Kram, S. Kumra, S. Leberman, K.A. Longman, S.R. Madsen, S. Mavin, W.M. Murphy, K. Natt Och Dag, F.W. Ngunjiri, S.J. Peterson, K. Pick, D.L. Rhode, R.T. Scribner, R. Sealy, M. Shapiro, S. Simon, A.E. Smith, V. Stead, J. Storberg-Walker, C. van Esch, J. Williams, M.S. Wilson , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 138
    ISBN: 9781785361241
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of sustainability in management education
    DDC: 650/.0711
    RVK:
    Keywords: Führungskräfteentwicklung ; Betriebswirtschaftsstudium ; Nachhaltigkeit ; Management Study and teaching ; Electronic books ; Führungskraft ; Ausbildung ; Nachhaltigkeit
    Abstract: Contents: introduction -- Part I: Theorizing the field of sustainability in management education (SiME) development in practice -- 1. Business cases for sustainability-integrated management education / Melissa Edwards, Suzanne Benn, and Mark Starik -- 2. Reforming the delinquent organization: academia's impactful tribute to society / Frederick Ahen -- 3. Critical reflection and transformative learning: the development of shared value rationality in the teaching of strategy for sustainability / Janette Brunstein, Marta Fabiano Sambiase, and Marcos Bidart Carneiro De Novaes -- 4. Sustainability in management education: an alternative paradigm based on critical pedagogy and substantive rationality / Soraia Schutel, Emmanuel Raufflet, Paola Schmitt Figueiró, and Pedro Roberto Jacobi -- 5. Sustainability as a university value: a journey from awareness to behavior change / Erik E. Nordman, Norman Christopher, and Yumiko Jakobcic -- 6. The importance of philosophical and anthropological knowledge in management education regarding sustainability / Angela Vidal Da Silva Martins -- Part II: Exploring transformational interventions in SiME -- 7. Mission possible: introducing sustainability as an experiential entrepreneurship activity / Leo T. Wong -- 8. A review of the pedagogical tools, games, and simulations in the sustainability classroom / Claire A. Simmers, and Sara Soderstrom -- 9. Developing the sustainability mindset / Isabel Rimanoczy -- 10. Sustainability learning processes: concepts, benchmarking, development and integration / Farley Simon Nobre, Jorge A. Arevalo and Shelley F. Mitchell -- 11. Expansive learning through contradictions of sustainability / Martin Albert, Julia Breßler, and Stefan Hüsig -- 12. Sustainability through stakeholder value creation: redesigning an MBA curriculum / Richard Miller, R. Greg Bell, Dale Fodness, and J. Lee Whittington -- 13. Gender and sustainable management education: exploring the missing link / Jannine Williams, Elina Meliou, and Jorge A. Arevalo -- Part III: Understanding change agents and reform accelerators' roles -- 14. The role of management education in transdisciplinary collaborations for sustainable social-economic-ecological systems / Susan L. Manring -- 15. Journeying towards responsible citizenship and sustainability / Martin Brueckner, Rochelle Spencer, Megan Paull, Antonia Girardi, Steve Klomp -- 16. University sustainability reporting: a review of the literature and development of a model / Alan J. Richardson, Meghan D. Kachler -- 17. External facilitators of sustainable management education (EFSUMEs) and their role in promoting sustainable management education in higher education / Diego Vazquez-Brust, Natalia Yakovleva -- 18. University experiential learning partnerships as living laboratories for sustainability / Adam Sulkowski -- Part IV: Sustaining long term programs through innovation -- 19. The influence of temporality on students' learning processes: lessons from a service- learning program in Brazil / Luciano Barin Cruz, and Marlei Pozzebon -- 20. Sustainable entrepreneurship undergraduate education: a community of practice perspective / Marcela Ramirez Pasillas, and Quang Evansluong -- 21. Faculty experiences with teaching sustainability in management education: a study of select management institutions in India / Kaushik Ranjan Bandyopadhyay, and Ritika Mahajan -- 22. Enabling sustainability in management education / Paul Miesing, Linda Krzykowski, and Eliot Rich -- 23. Sustainable MBAs: a phase model development of sustainability in MBA education / Timothy A. Hart, Corey J. Fox, John Korstad, and Erin E. Nill -- 24. Managing for sustainability: -- Designing a successful undergraduate program / Neil Boyd, Jamie R. Hendry, Tammy Bunn Hiller, and Eric Martin -- Part VI: Conclusion -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook strives to ...
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 139
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786432797
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Universities and the entrepreneurial ecosystem
    Keywords: Universitäre Forschung ; Forschungskooperation ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship Social aspects ; Business incubators ; Entrepreneurship ; University-based new business enterprises ; Electronic books ; Universität ; Investitionspolitik ; Wissens- und Technologietransfer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David B. Audretsch and Albert N. Link -- Part I -- University entrepreneurship -- 1. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'U.S. Science Parks: the diffusion of an innovation and its effects on the academic missions of universities', International Journal of Industrial Organization, 21 (9), November, 1323-56 -- 2. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2005), 'Opening the ivory tower's door: an analysis of the determinants of the formation of U.S. University spin-off companies', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1106-12 -- 3. Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2006), 'U.S. University Research Parks', Journal of Productivity Analysis, 25 (1), April, 43-55 -- 4. T. Taylor Aldridge and David Audretsch (2011), 'The Bayh-Dole Act and scientist entrepreneurship', research policy, 40 (8), October, 1058-67 -- 5. T. Taylor Aldridge, David Audretsch, Sameeksha Desai and Venkata Nadella (2014), 'Scientist entrepreneurship across scientific fields', Journal of Technology Transfer, 39 (6), December, 819-35 -- Part II: University technology transfer -- 6. David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann and Susanne Warning (2005), 'University spillovers and new firm location', research policy, 34 (7), September, 1113-22 -- 7. Albert N. Link, Donald S. Siegel and Barry Bozeman (2007), 'An empirical analysis of the propensity of academics to engage in informal university technology transfer', industrial and corporate change, 16 (4), August, 641-55 -- 8. Ahmed Alshumaimri, Taylor Aldridge and David B. Audretsch (2010), 'The University Technology transfer revolution in Saudi Arabia', Journal of Technology Transfer, 35 (6), December, 585-96 -- Part III: Complementary nature of university-based research -- 9. Albert N. Link and John Rees (1990), 'Firm size, university based research, and the returns to R&D', Small Business Economics, 2 (1), March, 25-31 -- 10. Zoltan J. Acs, David B. Audretsch and Maryann P. Feldman (1992), 'Real effects of academic research: comment', American Economic Review, 82 (1), March, 363-7 -- 11. David B. Audretsch and Paula E. Stephan (1996), 'Company-scientist locational links: the case of biotechnology', American Economic Review, 86 (3), June, 641-52 -- 12. Dennis Patrick Leyden and Albert N. Link (2013), 'Knowledge spillovers, collective entrepreneurship, and economic growth: the role of universities', Small Business Economics, 41 (4), December, 797-817 -- Part IV: Universities as research partners -- 13. Bronwyn H. Hall, Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2003), 'Universities as research partners', Review of Economics and Statistics, 85 (2), May, 485-91 -- 14. David B. Audretsch, Dennis P. Leyden and Albert N. Link (2012), 'Universities as research oartners', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 21 (5-6), September, 529-45 -- 15. Marco Guerzoni, T. Taylor Aldridge, David B. Audretsch and Sameeksha Desai (2014), 'A new industry creation and originality: insight from the funding sources of university patents', Research Policy, 43 (10), December, 1697-707 -- Index.
    Abstract: This book brings together leading research and scholarship on one of the newest and most compelling forces of economic growth, dynamism and innovation - entrepreneurial ecosystems. Particular emphasis is given to the role of innovation, startups, SMEs and technology transfer in shaping the entrepreneurial ecosystem, as well as its impact on firm performance and regional economic performance. From the perspectives of theory, empirical analysis and public policy, this book shows why entrepreneurial ecosystems have become the new economic superstars in the global economy. It provides explicit analysis of policies promoting entrepreneurship and entrepreneurial ecosystems, and examines the link between entrepreneurial ecosystems and universities. This timely collection of research will be of interest not only to academics and scholars in economics and management, but also to thought leaders in public policy and business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 140
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786432698
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (208 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Erickson, G. Scott New methods of market research and analysis
    Keywords: Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marketing research ; Business intelligence ; Electronic books ; Marketing ; Marktforschung ; Big Data ; Marktanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Big data and marketing analytics -- 2. Exploratory research design -- 3. Descriptive research design -- 4. Causal research design -- 5. Other topics in research and analytics -- 6. Analytics 1: big data -- 7. Analytics 2: marketing analytics -- Index.
    Abstract: New Methods of Market Research and Analysis prepares readers for the new reality posed by big data and marketing analytics. While connecting to traditional research approaches such as surveys and focus groups, this book shows how new technologies and new analytical capabilities are rapidly changing the way marketers obtain and process their information. In particular, the prevalence of big data systems always monitoring key performance indicators, trends toward more research using observation or observation and communication together, new technologies such as mobile, apps, geo-locators, and others, as well as the deep analytics allowed by cheap data processing and storage are all covered and placed in context. Scott Erickson goes beyond the buzzwords to provide relevant explanations of the meaning and impact of both big data and analytics, placing them in context with traditional marketing research. His engaging subject matter focuses on the practical aspects of big data concepts, precisely defining and illustrating key concepts and providing illuminating real world examples. This approachable style enables marketers to understand what data scientists are doing with big data systems and analytics, giving them a taste of the capabilities of contemporary statistical software and its practical applications This book can be used as a supplement to a traditional marketing research text or on its own. It will serve as a key reference for graduate students and advanced undergraduates in marketing research, marketing analytics, or business intelligence courses as well as marketing professionals looking to stay up to date with current trends and have them explained in a context they understand
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 141
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784710927
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methods in corporate social responsibility
    Keywords: Corporate Social Responsibility ; Theorie ; Social responsibility of business ; Electronic books ; Corporate Social Responsibility ; Unternehmensethik
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction / David Crowther and Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part I: Methodology planning -- 1. Grounded theory in corporate social responsibility research / Vilma Žydžiūnaitė and Loreta Tauginienė -- 2. Using a mixed methods approach for corporate social responsibility research / Jane Claydon -- 3. Imperative of meta-study for research in the field of corporate social responsibility and emerging issues in corporate governance / Lukman Raimi -- 4. Ethics in the research process / David Crowther -- 5. Research methods in organization, management and management accounting: an evaluation of quantitative and qualitative approaches / Miriam Green -- 6. Methodological and epistemological perspectives in the study of corporate social responsibility in Colombia / Duván Emilio Ramírez Ospina and José Fernando Muñoz Ospina -- Part II: Quantitative methods -- 7. Game theory as a research tool for sustainability / Shahla Seifi -- 8. Key concerns in longitudinal study design / Rima Kalinauskaitė -- 9. Sampling and sampling procedures in corporate social responsibility research / Habib Zaman Khan and Md. Rashidozzaman Khan -- 10. Food deserts in British cities : comparing food access, obesity, and ethnicity in Leicester and Stoke on Trent / Hillary Shaw -- 11. The application of statistical methods in CSR research / Christopher Boachie and George K. Amoako -- 12. Regression techniques and its application in the corporate social responsibility domain: an overview / Sonali Bhattacharya, Madhvi Sethi, Abhishek Behl and V.G. Venkatesh -- Part III: Qualitative methods -- 13. Analytic autoethnography as a tool to enhance reflection, reflexivity and critical thinking in CSR research / Fernanda de Paiva Duarte -- 14. Insights regarding the applicability of semiotics to CSR communication research / Kemi C. Yekini -- 15. Ethnographic research methods in CSR research : building theory out of people's everyday life with materials, objects, practices, and symbolic constructions / Linne Marie Lauesen -- 16. Interviews as an instrument to explore management motivation for corporate social and environmental reporting / Homaira Semeen and Muhammad Azizul Islam -- 17. Participant observation as the data collection tool and its usage in the CSR researches / Ilke Oruc -- 18. Application of correspondence analysis to determinants of human resources disclosure / Esther Ortiz and José G. Clavel -- 19. The application of survey methodology in CSR research / Christopher Boachie -- 20. Content analysis method: a proposed scoring for quantitative and qualitative disclosures / Juniati Gunawan and Kumalawati Abadi -- 21. Focus groups in social accounting as a stakeholder engagement tool / Sara Moggi -- 22. A phenomenological study of moral discourse, social justice and CSR / Julia J.A. Shaw -- 23. Social network analysis in CSR research / Duygu Turker -- 24.Theoretical storytelling as meta-frame for all research methods in corporate social responsibility / Linne Marie Lauesen -- Part IV: Future research agenda -- 25. Philosophical prolegomena to all future research in CSR / Nicholas Capaldi -- 26. Beyond strategic CSR : the concept of responsibility as the foundation of ethics: political, technological and economic responsibility for the future of humanity / Jacob Dahl Rendtorff -- 27. From positivism to social constructivism: an emerging trend for CSR researchers / Martin Samy and Fiona Robertson -- Index.
    Abstract: Corporate social responsibility now touches upon most aspects of the interaction between business and society. The approaches taken to research in this area are as varied as the topics that are researched; yet this is the first book to address the whole range of methods available. This Handbook identifies the existing methods, evaluates their use and discusses the circumstances in which they might be appropriate. The design of a research project is an essential part of undertaking research, as is choosing appropriate methods for investigation and analysis. In addition, business and management research raises theoretical and practical problems that are not encountered in other fields. The chapters address this challenge over distinct parts. Part I on methodology planning is concerned with various aspects of planning the research project, including secondary data and ethics in the research process. Parts II and III outline quantitative and qualitative methods respectively, covering the vast majority of relevant approaches. Part IV provides forward-thinking guidance from experienced academics on the future directions of research in this area. Aimed specifically at researchers, this comprehensive and in-depth Handbook provides an essential resource for anyone working at the forefront of corporate social responsibility research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 142
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781786435781
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Climatic changes Law and legislation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / A. Averchenkova, S. Fankhauser and M. Nachmany -- Part I -- How climate change legislation comes about -- 2. The national and international drivers of climate change legislation / A. Clare, S. Fankhauser and C. Gennaioli -- 3. Climate change legislation and policy in China, the European Union and the United States / I. Neuweg and A. Averchenkova -- 4. Climate legislation in the least developing countries / M. Nachmany, A. Abeysinghe and S. Barakat -- Part II -- What climate change legislation should contain -- 5. The normative foundations of climate legislation / F. Green -- 6. Institutional aspects of climate legislation / A. Averchenkova and M. Nachmany -- 7. Good practice in low-carbon policy / A. Bowen and S. Fankhauser -- Part III -- Climate change legislation in the wider context -- 8. Climate policy at the sub-national level / I. Galarraga, E. Sainz de Murieta and Joan França -- 9. Regulating climate change in the courts / J. Setzer and M. Bangalore -- 10. Climate legislation and international commitments / A. Averchenkova and S. Matikainen -- Index.
    Abstract: A deepening understanding of the importance of climate change has caused a recent and rapid increase in the number of climate change or climate-related laws. Trends in Climate Change Legislation offers an astute analysis of the political, institutional and economic factors that have motivated this surge, placing it into context. By focusing the analysis on both developed and developing countries, the contributors offer an extensive exploration of climate change legislation, and how it has been enacted on a global scale. Vitally, they make the link between the international commitments under the Paris Agreement and their delivery at national level. Concluding that strong climate legislation is essential to give credibility to the pledges that countries made in Paris, this book identifies the key provisions that good climate laws should contain, and addresses factors that influence the passing of climate laws. This stimulating and informative book will be of particular interest to parliamentarians, policy makers and lawyers involved in areas of climate policy and environmental law. It will also appeal to students and researchers with an interest in climate change legislation
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 143
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788111881
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: White collar crimes ; Organizational sociology ; Deviant behavior ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- 1. Convenience in white-collar crime -- 2. Economical dimension of convenience theory -- 3. Organizational dimension of convenience theory -- 4. Behavioral dimension of convenience theory -- 5. Empirical study of white-collar criminals -- 6. Student survey on convenience theory -- 7. Whistleblowers as information sources -- 8. Corporate social responsibility -- 9. Testing convenience theory -- 10. Sample of US investigation reports -- Index.
    Abstract: Ever since Sutherland coined the term 'white-collar crime', researchers have struggled to understand and explain why some individuals abuse their privileged positions of trust and commit financial crime. This book makes a novel contribution to the development of convenience theory as a framework to understand and explain 'white-collar crime'. The framework integrates well-known theories from criminology, management and other fields to explain the occurrence of offenses. It is found that autobiographies indicate a strong presence of neutralization techniques in the behavioral dimension of convenience theory, while internal investigations indicate a strong presence of organizational opportunities to commit 'white-collar crime'. Survey research, on the other hand, is found to indicate a strong belief that chief executives sometimes have the motive to commit financial crime in times of crisis, in times of great challenges, and in times of greed. The book concludes that the only feasible avenue to combat this type of crime is to make it less convenient. This book will appeal to criminology and criminal justice students at both bachelor and master levels, as well as those studying business and law. Practitioners, including consultants in global auditing firms, attorneys and police academy students will also benefit from the overview of convenience theory research
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 144
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785365577
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Trust in regulatory regimes
    DDC: 352.8#23
    RVK:
    Keywords: Vertrauen ; Regulierung ; Selbstverpflichtung ; Welt ; Political participation ; Trust Political aspects ; Economic policy ; Industrial policy ; Electronic books ; Handel ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Regulierung
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Trust in regulatory regimes: scoping the field / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- 2. The role of trust in the regulation of complex and high-risk industries: the case of the U.S. Federal Aviation Administration's voluntary disclosure programs / Russell W. Mills and Dorit Reiss -- 3. When the going gets tough: exploring processes of trust building and repair in regulatory relations / Frédérique Six and Hans Van Ees -- 4. Interorganizational trust in Flemish public administration: comparing trusted and distrusted interactions between public regulatees and public regulators / Peter Oomsels and Geert Bouckaert -- 5. In vino veritas? the development of producer trust and its market effects in regulated French and Italian quality wine markets / Betsy Carter -- 6. Being everybody's accomplice: trust and control in eco-labelling / Lovisa Näslund and Kristina Tamm Hallström -- 7. Trust and cooperation over the public-private divide, an empirical study on trust evolving in co-regulation / Haiko Van der Voort -- 8. Deliberate trust-building by autonomous government agencies: evidence from responses to the 2009 H1N1 swine flu pandemic / Erik Baekkeskov -- 9. An agenda for further research into the role of trust in regulatory regimes / Frédérique Six and Koen Verhoest -- Index.
    Abstract: Within political and administrative sciences generally, trust as a concept is contested, especially in the field of regulatory governance. This groundbreaking book is the first to systematically explore the role and dynamics of trust within regulatory regimes. Conceptualizing, mapping and analyzing trust between regulators, regulatees and citizens, expert contributors systematically review the existing empirical research on the role of trust within these relations. Further chapters offer new empirical material, with in-depth case studies covering different regulatory relations, regulatory issues and geographical areas. After scoping the field of inquiry and significantly adding to it, the book concludes with a proposal for a challenging and encompassing agenda for future research on trust in regulatory governance. Comprehensive and forward thinking, this book will be of interest to academics working in the fields of regulation, sociology, law, political science, public administration and trust. It will also offer a compelling read for practitioners working in the field of regulation
    Note: Contributors include: E. Baekkesko, G. Bouckaert, B. Carter, R.W. Mills, L. Näslund, P. Oomsels, D. Reiss, F. Six, K. Tamm Hallström, H. van der Voort, H. van Ees, K. Verhoest , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 145
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713263
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (304 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial teams
    DDC: 658.4/21
    RVK:
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Arbeitsgruppe ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Family-owned business enterprises Methodology ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Gruppe
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / Mike Wright -- 1. Introduction / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh and Thomas M. Cooney -- Part I Learning from theory and practice -- 2. Entrepreneurial teams research in movement / Cyrine Ben-Hafaïedh -- 3. Urban legends or sage guidance: a review of common advice about entrepreneurial teams / Phillip H. Kim and Howard E. Aldrich -- Part II Developing entrepreneurial teams -- 4. Entrepreneurial team formation: the role of the family / Giovanna Campopiano, Tommaso Minola and Lucio Cassia -- 5. Entrepreneurs' perspectives on the structuring phase of the entrepreneurial team / L. Martin Cloutier, Sandrine Cueille and Gilles Recasens -- 6. Which deep-level diversity compositions of new venture teams lead to success or failure? / Stephanie Schoss, René Mauer and Malte Brettel -- 7. The more the merrier: how owner-manager team size influences the potential economic contribution of owner-managed businesses across the world / Jonathan Levie and Johan P. de Borst -- 8. Dispositional antecedents of shared leadership emergent states on entrepreneurial teams / Wencang Zhou and Donald Vredenburgh -- Part III Contextualizing entrepreneurial teams -- 9. Family entrepreneurial teams / Allan Discua Cruz, Elias Hadjielias and Carole Howorth -- 10. Te Ohu Umanga Māori: temporality and intent in the Māori entrepreneurial team / Mānuka Hēnare, Billie Lythberg, Amber Nicholson and Christine Woods -- 11. Ethnic diversity in entrepreneurial teams and the role of culture shock on performance / Jean-François Lalonde -- 12. Women empowerment through Government Loaned Entrepreneurship Teams (GLETs) in Kenya / Mary Wanjiru Kinoti, Moses Kibe Kihiko and Thomas M. Cooney -- 13. Entrepreneurial teams in social entrepreneurship: when team heterogeneity facilitates organizational hybridity / Frédéric Dufays and Benjamin Huybrechts -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years there has been an increasing body of evidence suggesting that firms founded by entrepreneurial teams are more likely to achieve fast growth than firms founded by lone actors. This Research Handbook explores the position of entrepreneurial teams within existing literature and challenges current perspectives through a diverse range of research lenses. Research Handbook on Entrepreneurial Teams expands the boundaries of entrepreneurship literature by examining essential issues such as formation, structuring, deep-level diversity and emergent states. The chapters also consider different contexts of application and investigate under-researched topics such as entrepreneurial teams within indigenous communities, ethnically diverse groups and women entrepreneurs. This comprehensive Research Handbook offers a wide range of research methodologies, perspectives and insights that will appeal to scholars, practitioners and entrepreneurs alike
    Note: Contributors include: H.E. Aldrich, C. Ben-Hafaïedh, M. Brettel, G. Campopiano, L. Cassia, L.M. Cloutier, T.M. Cooney, S. Cueille, J.P. De Borst, A. Discua Cruz, F. Dufays, E. Hadjielias, M. Hēnare, C. Howorth, B. Huybrechts, M.K. Kihiko, P.H. Kim, M.W. Kinoti, J.-F. Lalonde, J. Levie, B. Lythberg, R. Mauer, T. Minola, A. Nicholson, G. Recasens, S. Schoss, D. Vredenburgh, C. Woods, W. Zhou , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 146
    ISBN: 9781786434432
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: European research in entrepreneurship
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The emergence of entrepreneurial behaviour
    DDC: 658.4/21
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmer ; Unternehmensgründung ; Gründungsausbildung ; Intrapreneurship ; Schweden ; Irland ; Lettland ; Italien ; Brasilien ; Malaysia ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Businesspeople Psychological aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contributions on entrepreneurial behaviour research / Susana C. Santos, Craig Mitchell, Hans Landström, Alain Fayolle and António Caetano -- Part I: The entrepreneur as an individual and the theory of planned behaviour -- 2. Connecting the literature dots: a literature review on prototypes in entrepreneurship research / Sílvia Fernandes Costa, António Caetano, Arjan J. Frederiks and Susana C. Santos -- 3. Entrepreneurial potential among individuals with different entrepreneurial experience / Susana C. Santos, António Caetano, Sílvia Fernandes Costa and Xaver Neumeyer -- 4. Individual and cultural values as psychosocial cognitive antecedents and moderators of entrepreneurial intentions / Ricardo Figueiredo Belchior and Francisco Liñan -- Part II: Entrepreneurial education -- 5. Promoting entrepreneurship in an unfavourable setting: a case study of a university programme in Malaysia / Mohd Rashan, Inmaculada Jaén and Francisco Liñan -- 6. Formal mentorship in experiential entrepreneurship education: examining conditions for entrepreneurial learning among students / Gustav Hägg and Diamanto Politis -- 7. Social loafing in student entrepreneurship teams / Roisin Lyons, Theodore Lynn and Ciarán Mac an Bhaird -- 8. Perceived learning outcomes of experiential entrepreneurship education: the case of Latvian business schools / Inna Kozlinska, Tõnis Mets and Kärt Rõigas -- Part III: Corporate entrepreneurship/entrepreneurial orientation -- 9. Assembling the puzzle: the need to assess both the internal and external side of corporate entrepreneurship / Angelo Riviezzo -- 10. Linking SME's strategic orientation and international performance: insights from an empirical investigation in Italy / Angelo Riviezzo and Antonella Garofano -- 11. Does entrepreneurial orientation matter to strategic alliances formation: the influence of entrepreneurial orientation and leaders to the success of partnerships in business / Antonio Benedito de Oliveira, Mauro José de Oliveira and Roberto Carlos Bernardes -- Index.
    Abstract: In recent years entrepreneurship has become one of the most popular fields of research in management studies. As the subject has broadened, increasing attention has been paid to the behavioural aspects of different practices to identify and pursue entrepreneurial opportunities. This timely book analyses three key strands of contemporary research into entrepreneurial behaviour: intention, education and orientation. It offers novel insights that can be applied to foster entrepreneurial activities in different settings. The chapters in the book are divided into three parts. The contributors first focus on the entrepreneur as an individual and offer three innovative yet complementary approaches to entrepreneurial intentions. They go on to consider how entrepreneurial behaviour can be trained and learned, providing a much-needed theoretical anchor to pedagogical approaches in entrepreneurship. The final part covers entrepreneurial behaviour at the organizational level and expertly tackles the popular topic of entrepreneurial orientation through novel empirical studies with diverse methodologies and multiple levels of analysis. Researchers and advanced students in management and entrepreneurship will benefit from the state-of-the-art analysis and innovative approaches presented. Entrepreneurship educators and policy-makers will also find this book to be stimulating reading, where they can find suggestions for an evidence-based practice
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R.F. Belchior, A. Benedito de Oliveira Junior, R.C. Bernardes, A. Caetano, S.F. Costa, M.J. de Oliveira, A.J. Frederiks, A. Garofano, G. Hägg, I. Jaén, I. Kozlinska, F. Liñan, T. Lynn, R. Lyons, C. Mac an Bhaird, T. Mets, R. Mohd, X. Neumeyer, D. Politis, A. Riviezzo, K. Rõigas, S.C. Santos
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 147
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784713171
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of marketing in emerging economies
    DDC: 658.8009172/4
    Keywords: Marketing ; Konsumentenverhalten ; Schwellenländer ; Marketing ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Marketing ; Verbraucherverhalten
    Abstract: Introduction: Marketing in emerging economies / Marin Marinov -- 1. Data collection procedures equivalence in emerging economy market research / Pervez N. Ghauri and Agnieszka Chidlow -- 2. Globalization, sustainability and marketing of health care in emerging market economies : doing good while doing well / Van R. Wood -- 3. Marketing accountability in emerging economy firms / Maja Arslanagic-Kalajdzic and Vesna Žabkar -- 4. Materialistic tendencies and adolescent healthy food consumption : setting the research agenda / Nesma Ammar, Noha El-Bassiouny and Ronia Hawash -- 5. Psychobranding of emerging economy firms : building emotional connections with local consumers / G. Nicolas Kfuri -- 6. Multinational corporation retailing in emerging economies : interplays of resistance, cooperation and transmutation / Marie-Laure Baron, Ruby Roy Dholakia and Nikhilesh Dholakia -- 7. Perceived advertising intrusiveness and avoidance in emerging economies - the case of China / Dan Petrovici, Svetla Marinova and Marin Marinov -- 8. Value branding in emerging economies as a social dimension in the Indian context / S. Ramesh Kumar and Svetla Marinova -- 9. Researching country image construct in the context of emerging economies / Durdana Ozretic-Dosen, Vatroslav Skare and Zoran Krupka -- 10. Opening the black box of Russian culture in B2B relationships / Carl-Arthur Solberg and Anzhelika Osmanova -- 11. Russian consumer behaviour : in search of a balance between national uniqueness and western mainstream / Sergei Sutyrin and Irina Vorobieva -- 12. Marketing in an emerging economy : the case of marketing in the Russian e-commerce market / Maria Smirnova, Vera Rebiazina and Anna Daviy -- 13. Marketing in Bulgaria : a small emerging economy and multi-cultural markets / Vesselin Blagoev and Mihael Minkov -- 14. Diffusion of supermarkets in Bangladesh - miles to go / M. Yunus Ali and Anisur Rahman Faroque.
    Abstract: Recently, emerging economies have contributed significantly to world economic growth and output. This Research Handbook advances, synthesises and expands the hitherto sparse publications on marketing in emerging economies, investigating specific processes and requirements, as well as the consequences of conducting marketing in these challenging contexts. Addressing diverse issues from a universal as well as regional and country-specific perspective, this book sheds light on general topics such as data collection procedure equivalence and marketing accountability, in addition to exploring specific context, such as Central and Eastern Europe and India. Comparing the ways in which marketing is performed in emerging and advanced economies, the chapters explore various aspects including business-to-business marketing relationships, the role of multicultural markets in marketing and retail marketing of multinational corporations. Timely and engaging, this Research Handbook will appeal to students and scholars interested in international business and marketing in emerging economies. Business practitioners, managers and policy makers working in emerging economies will also benefit from practical guidance on improving approaches to serving customers, as well as creating conducive environments for serving customers
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: M.Y. Ali, N. Ammar, M. Arslanagić-Kalajdžić, M.-L. Baron, V. Blagoev, A. Chidlow, A. Daviy, N. Dholakia, R.R. Dholakia, N. El-Bassiouny, A.R. Faroque, P. Ghauri, R. Hawash, G.N. Kfuri, Z. Krupka, S.R. Kumar, M.A. Marinov, S.T. Marinova, M. Minkov, A. Osmanova, D. Ozretic-Dosen, D.A. Petrovici, V. Rebiazina, V. Skare, M. Smirnova, C.A. Solberg, S. Sutyrin, I. Vorobieva, V.R. Wood, V. Zabkar
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 148
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785364747
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gender and entrepreneurial activity
    DDC: 338/.04/081
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Geschlechterunterschiede ; Geschlechterdiskriminierung ; Entrepreneurship Sex differences ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Gender and entrepreneurial activity : an overview / Albert N. Link -- 2. The psychology of the entrepreneur and the gender gap in entrepreneurship / Olga Bentsson, Tino Sanandaji and Magnus Johannesson -- 3. Female immigrant entrepreneurship in Germany / David B. Audretsch, Erik E. Lehmann, and Katharine Wirsching -- 4. Gender and entrepreneurship : selected stylized propositions, a simple empirical illustration, and some comparisons / Rajeev K. Goel, Devrim Göktepe-Hultén, and Rati Ram -- 5. Apparel industry entrepreneurs and small business owners : exploring gender within a global context / Nancy Hodges, Kittichai Watchravesringkan, Miranda Williams, Jennifer Yurchisin, Elena Karpova, Sara Marcketti, Jane Hegland, and Ruoh-Man (Terry) Yan -- 6. Barriers to academic entrepreneurship among women : a review of the constituent literatures / Marla Parker, Christopher S. Hayter, Lauren Lynch, and Rasheeda Mohammed -- 7. Elucidating the process : why women patent less than men / Erin Leahey and Amelia Blume -- 8. Corruption and entrepreneurship : does gender matter? / Claudia Trentini and Malinka Koparanova -- 9. Gender differences and academic entrepreneurship : a study of scientists in the principal investigator role / James A. Cunningham, Paul O'Reilly, Brendan Dolan, Conor O'Kane, and Vincent Mangematin -- 10. Reducing the gender gap in angel investing : the rising tide program / Susan Coleman and Alicia Robb -- 11. Gender in entrepreneurial finance : matching investors and entrepreneurs in equity crowdfunding / Silvio Vismara, Davide Benaroio, and Federica Carne -- 12. Gender and institutional environments in stem fields entrepreneurship / Margaret E. Blume-Kohout -- Index.
    Abstract: There is growing interest in the relationship between gender and entrepreneurial activity. In this book, 37 eminent scholars from diverse academic disciplines contribute cutting-edge research that addresses, from a gender perspective, three general areas of importance: key characteristics of entrepreneurs, key performance attributes of entrepreneurial firms, and the role of financial capital in the establishment and growth of entrepreneurial firms. Each chapter focuses on original, burgeoning themes related to gender and entrepreneurship, with forward-looking research that highlights key findings. For example, some authors show how the so-called 'gender divide' in patenting is greater than in publishing for academic entrepreneurs. Others explore the corruption in business practices, which is less for women entrepreneurs than their male counterparts, and explain why gender diversity is higher in equity crowdfunding than in other entrepreneurial finance markets. The book takes a global approach, offering examples of entrepreneurs from around the world. Scholars and students interested in entrepreneurship and the role of gender in business will find this volume informative and eye opening
    Note: Contributors include: D.B. Audretsch, D. Benaroio, O. Bengtsson, A. Blume, M.E. Blume-Kohout, F. Carne, S. Coleman, J.A. Cunningham, B. Dolan, R.K. Goel, D. Göktepe-Hultén, C.S. Hayter, J. Hegland, N. Hodges, M. Johannesson, E. Karpova, M. Koparanova, E. Leahey, E.E. Lehmann, A.N. Link, L. Lynch, V. Mangematin, S. Marcketti, R. Mohammed, C. O'Kane, P. O'Reilly, M. Parker, R. Ram, A. Robb, T. Sanandaji, C. Trentini, S. Vismara, K. Watchravesringkan, M. Williams, K. Wirsching, R.-N. Yan, J. Yurchisin , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 149
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718602
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (272 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on place branding and marketing
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Standortmarketing ; Destinationsmanagement ; Tourismusforschung ; Nachhaltige Stadtentwicklung ; Regionalentwicklung ; Trend ; Internationaler Tourismus ; Branding (Marketing) ; Electronic books ; Standortpolitik ; Tourismusforschung ; Regionalentwicklung
    Abstract: Contents: Section 1: Place branding: strategies and perspectives -- 1. The state of art: from country-of-origin to strategies for economic development / Adriana Campelo -- 2. Place branding in strategic spatial planning: challenges and opportunities of branding regions / Eduardo Oliveira and Gregory Ashworth -- 3. The cultural branding matrix: framing the relation between cultural institutions and city branding / Cecilia Pasquinelli -- 4. 'Like a pair of worn-out slippers': place attraction factors among return migrants to peripheral places / Helle Dalsgaard Pedersen and Anette Therkelsen -- Section 2: Place making -- 5. Place brand meaning-making: culture, ethos and habitus / Adriana Campelo -- 6. "I love this place": tourists' destination brand love / Kathryn Swanson, Dominic Medway, and Gary Warnaby -- 7. Programmatic authenticity: culinary place branding in Greenland / Søren Askegaard, Dannie Kjeldgaard, and Eric Arnould -- 8. Smell it, taste it, listen it, touch it, and see it to make sense of this place / Adriana Campelo -- Section 3: Methodologies for place branding -- 9. Multisensory place branding: a manifesto for research / Dominic Medway and Gary Warnaby -- 10. Place branding and place narratives / Maria Lichrou, Maurice Patterson and Lisa O'Malley -- 11. Place brand biography: something special or same old story? / Stephen Brown -- Section 4: Urban issues -- 12. Mobility, marketing, and the experience of the city / Gary Warnaby and Christopher J. Parker -- 13. Pretty vacant? -- Implications of neglect and emptiness for urban aesthetics and place branding / Gary Warnaby and Dominic Medway -- 14. Trends and final remarks / Adriana Campelo -- Index.
    Abstract: Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies. Place branding as an academic field is both challenging and under explored. In the face of an ever-expanding global urban population, this Handbook illustrates how place branding can contribute to transforming urban agglomeration into sustainable and healthy areas. The Chapters cover four key areas; place branding as a tool for economic development, experiences of place making, methodologies to develop place brands, and urban regeneration. Pioneering experts provide in-depth analysis on the politics and significance of place branding's inclusion in economic development programs, the multisensory dimensions of sense of place, and new epistemologies and methodologies for research. They further examine the role of place marketing in combatting challenges for future cities such as mobility, aesthetics and metropolitan conurbation. Students and scholars in management, marketing and economics will find this innovative and contemporary Handbook a must read. Eminently practical, it will also benefit policy makers and place planners, alongside consultants on public policies
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 150
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785367649
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Creating resilient economies
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Coping-Strategie ; Regionalentwicklung ; Industrie ; Welt ; Financial crises Prevention ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Unsicherheit ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftliche Stabilität ; Entwicklungspolitik ; Wachstumspolitik
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- Part I : The resilience of entrepreneurs, industrial sectors and cities -- 2. Strategies for resilience in entrepreneurship: building resources for small business survival after a crisis / Rachel Doern -- 3. The resilience of entrepreneurs and small business in the depths of a recessionary crisis / Nick Williams and Tim Vorley -- 4. Vulnerability and adaptability: Post-crisis resilience of SMEs in Denmark / Christian Kjær Monsson -- 5. Resilience, adaptation and survival in industry sectors: Remaking and remodelling of the automotive sector / Gill Bentley, David Bailey and Daniel Braithwaite -- 6. The evolution of economic resilience in cities: Re-invention versus replication / James Simmie -- 7. Path dependency, entrepreneurship, and economic resilience in resource-driven economies. Lessons from the Newfoundland offshore oil industry, Canada / Cédric Brunelle and Ben Spigel -- 8. Resilient regions and open innovation: the evolution of smart cities and civic entrepreneurship / Jennifer Clark -- Part II: The resilience of local and regional economies -- 9. Governance, civic leadership and resilience / Chay Brooks -- 10. Entrepreneurship, culture and resilience: the determinants of local development in uncertain times / Robert Huggins and Piers Thompson -- 11. The resilience of growth strategies / Lee Pugalis, Nick Gray and Alan Townsend -- 12. Local economic resilience in Italy / Paolo Di Caro -- 13. Evolutionary perspectives on economic resilience in regional development / Emil Evenhuis and Stuart Dawley -- 14. Regional resilience: the critique revisited / Huiwen Gong and Robert Hassink -- 15. Final thoughts and reflections -- Index
    Abstract: Economic resilience is an emergent field in the social sciences. In this timely book, key scholars examine how individuals, organisations, regions and nations are affected by internal and external crises, and consider how the ways in which they respond will determine their future growth path. Providing a coherent and clear narrative, Creating Resilient Economies offers a theoretical analysis of resilience and provides guidance to policymakers with regards to fostering more resilient economies and people. It adeptly illustrates how resilience thinking can offer the opportunity to re-frame economic development policy and practice and provides a clear evidence base of the cultural, economic, political and social conditions that shape the adaptability, flexibility and responsiveness to crises in their many forms. Academics and scholars across the social sciences will find this book an enlightening gateway into the subject of economic resilience. Its eminently practical approach will also benefit government policy makers interested in how localities, regions and nations can respond more effectively to crises
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 151
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781786439987
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (168 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in international business series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Pearce, Robert, 1943 - The development of international business
    RVK:
    Keywords: Internationale Geschäftsbeziehungen ; Multinationales Unternehmen ; Auslandsinvestition ; Theorie der Unternehmung ; International business enterprises History 20th century ; International trade ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftsforschung ; Multinationales Unternehmen
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Multinationals: -- in theory and practice -- 2. From FDI to the MNE: -- Hymer and the roots of ownership advantage -- 3. From innovation to internationalisation: the product cycle model -- 4. From multi-domestic hierarchy to network hierarchy -- 5. Trade and FDI revisited: -- the role of location -- 6. Internalisation: ownership advantage as an intermediate good -- 7. The knowledge-seeking transition: -- decentralising innovation and R&D -- 8. Multinationals from emerging economies: a new challenge of practice to theory -- 9. Evaluating the multinationals: -- a coda -- Index.
    Abstract: The Development of International Business offers an extensive understanding of contemporary international business through detailed, engaging discussion of the development of the multinational enterprise (MNE) over the past half-century. By providing an analytically informed basis for understanding MNEs, two parallel strands of analysis in International Business (IB) are reviewed: the 'theoretical' and the 'practical'. Firstly, Robert Pearce identifies how the practical restructuring of the MNE as an organisational form has responded to changes in the wider global economy and how this evolution has interacted with the enrichment of theory on the topic. Secondly, by tracing the persisting dynamics of the MNE's structure and strategic positioning, he demonstrates the use of these systems and how they can help to understand and organise the future evolution of not only MNEs but of international business as a whole. Highly accessible with an informed overview of the entire IB subject area, The Development of International Business is an essential text for students and academics of business, management, economics and development. More generally, business leaders, economists and politicians will value the exceptional insight into the progression of international business and its future
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 152
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781788110150
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (176 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Hatum, Andrés Mastering creativity in organizations
    Keywords: Kreativität ; Lernende Organisation ; Organizational effectiveness ; Créativité dans les affaires ; Organisation de l'entreprise ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. The role of talent for organizational creativity -- 3. New ways of organizing -- 4. Human resource management as facilitator of creativity -- 5. Creative leadership and a creative organizational culture: a conceptual approach -- 6. Challenges ahead for creative firms -- Index.
    Abstract: This book identifies best practices, leadership styles, and organizational structures for the stimulation of organizational creativity. Andrés Hatum first explains what creativity means in an organizational context. He then explores the ways in which an organization can foster it, with an aim to help any company - not just companies in creative fields or industries - become an organization in which new ideas flow, new processes are developed, and new products are brought to market. In doing so, he provides scholars with a solid framework for studying and understanding the deeper meaning of creativity. Andrés Hatum's new framework for understanding organizational creativity offers examples from a rich variety of companies and situations. The book balances theory and practice for a multifaceted approach that brings its analysis into the real world. In-depth case studies include FC Barcelona, elBulli, Almodovar, and Cirque du Soleil. Managers will find case studies describing exceptional organizational creativity and practical takeaways that can be applied in their own firms. Students will find concrete analytical frameworks for thinking about creativity in organizations, and academics will find a different approach to the study of creativity, one that is grounded in practice
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 153
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369018
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 Seiten)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jain, Subhash C., 1942 - Reshaping India in the new global context
    DDC: 338.954
    Keywords: Entwicklung ; Wachstumspolitik ; Indien ; India Economic conditions 1947- ; India Economic policy 1991- ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction -- 2. India gains independence -- 3. Birth of the Republic of India -- 4. India's survival -- 5. Independent India -- 6. Contemplating the future -- 7. In search of a dream -- 8. Restarting India: job creation -- 9. Restarting India: enhancing agriculture, infrastructure, education and innovation -- 10. Restarting India: addressing other growth issues -- 11. Future: the strategic thrust -- 12. Future: the strategic levers -- 13. 100 years after independence -- Index.
    Abstract: This book traces the history of India's progress since its independence in 1947 and advances strategies for continuing economic growth. Insiders and outsiders that have criticized India for slow economic growth fail to recognize all it has achieved in the last seven decades, including handling the migration of over 8 million people from Pakistan, integrating over 600 princely states into the union, managing a multi-language population into one nation and resolving the food problem. The end result is a democratic country with a strong institutional foundation. Following the growth strategies outlined in the book and with a strong leadership, India has the potential to stand out as the third largest economy in the world in the next 25 to 30 years. Subhash Jain and Ben Kedia delve into India's development and emergence as an economic power, one of the three countries that can make its own supercomputers, one of the six countries that can launch satellites and that has the second largest small car market in the world. They discuss its need for innovative initiatives and top leadership to pursue an agenda of economic growth, and monitored policies to encourage entrepreneurship at all levels. With an emphasis on the new leadership of Prime Minister Modi, the book identifies policies that need to be adopted to make India's future bright and prosperous. This book is a critical resource for students and scholars interested in India and invested in its progress, as well as policymakers, government officials and corporations considering India as a place to expand and do business
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 154
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476527
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Women in science ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: setting the scene -- 2. Positioning women in their place -- 3. Subtle masculinities at work -- 4. Secret careers -- 5. Creative genius in science -- 6. Motherhood -- 7. Concluding remarks and recommendations -- Index.
    Abstract: More women are studying science at university and they consistently outperform men. Yet, still, significantly fewer women than men hold prestigious jobs in science. Why should this occur? What prevents women from achieving as highly as men in science? And why are so few women positioned as 'creative genius' research scientists? Drawing upon the views of 47 (female and male) scientists, Bevan and Gatrell explore why women are less likely than men to become eminent in their profession. They observe three mechanisms which perpetuate women's lowered 'place' in science: subtle masculinities (whereby certain forms of masculinity are valued over womanhood); (m)otherhood (in which women's potential for maternity positions them as 'other'), and the image of creative genius which is associated with male bodies, excluding women from research roles
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 155
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785367281
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks of research methods in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of methods in leadership research
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Forschung ; Wissenschaftliche Methode ; Leadership Moral and ethical aspects ; Leadership Methodology ; Electronic books ; Führung
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Chapter 1: Introduction and overview / Birgit Schyns, Pedro Neves and Rosalie Hall -- Measurement and design -- 2. Implicit measures for leadership research / SinHui Chong, Emilija Djurdjevic and Russell E. Johnson -- 3. Puppet masters in the lab: experimental methods in leadership research / Eric F. Rietzschel, Barbara Wisse and Diana Rus -- 4. Assessing leadership behavior with observational and sensor-based methods: a brief overview / Alexandra (Sasha) R. Cook and Bertolt Meyer -- 5. The contribution of sophisticated facial expression coding to leadership research / Savvas Trichas -- 6. Behavioral genetics and leadership research / Wen-Dong Li, Remus Ilies and Wei Wang -- 7. Biosensor approaches to studying leadership / Aurora J. Dixon, Jessica M. Webb and Chu-Hsiang (Daisy) Chang -- Quantitative analytic approaches -- 8. Mediation analysis in leadership studies: new developments and perspectives / Rex Kline -- 9. Person-oriented approaches to leadership: a roadmap forward / Roseanne J. Foti and Maureen E. McCusker -- 10. Multi-level issues and dyads in leadership research / Francis J. Yammarino and Janaki Gooty -- 11. A social network approach to examining leadership / Markku Jokisaari -- 12. Diary studies in leadership / Sandra Ohly and Viktoria Gochmann -- 13. Modeling leadership-related change with a growth curve approach / Rosalie J. Hall -- Qualitative methods and analytic approaches -- 14. Qualitative content analysis in leadership research: principles, process and application / Jan Schilling -- 15. Biographical methods in leadership research / Miguel Pina e Cunha, Marianne Lewis, Arménio Rego and Wendy K. Smith -- Summary -- 16. Leadership in the future, and the future of leadership research / Robert G. Lord -- 17. Authors' tips for doing top-quality research -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook brings together experts in the field of leadership to provide insights into methods for leadership research. It serves to motivate them to use new research methods to further our knowledge of the leadership field. Illustrating novel approaches to research with sample questions and applications to the field of leadership, this comprehensive and accessible Handbook covers key methodologies in leadership research today, as well as introducing methods that will be invaluable in the future. With chapters written by established leadership scholars, the Handbook of Methods in Leadership Research is arranged to cover three core areas of research: measurement and design, quantitative analytic approaches, and qualitative analytic approaches. The book provides an accessible overview and starting point to discover new methods. All chapters are well researched and provide references for those who want to delve deeper into the topics covered. The volume ends with a summary of tips for each method presented. This book will be an indispensable resource for leadership students, scholars, and practitioners alike, to inspire their future research but also to support their understanding of the quality of research carried out by others
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 156
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784711016
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Jones, Colin, 1966 - An autecological theory of the firm and its environment
    DDC: 302.3/5
    Keywords: Theorie der Unternehmung ; Ökologie ; Organisationstheorie ; Ecology ; Business enterprises Social aspects ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmenstheorie ; Autökologie
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: An alternative theory of the firm -- 1. Why we need an alternative theory of the firm and its environment -- Part II: The firm and its environment -- 2. What is a firm? -- 3. What is an environment? -- 4. Modification and matching -- Part III: Explaining adaptation -- 5. The case of transferred demand and other observations -- Part IV: Towards an autecological approach -- 6. Methodological issues -- 7. Opportunities and future directions -- Index.
    Abstract: The ecological study of f ...
    Note: Includes index
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 157
    ISBN: 9781783475445
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook on entrepreneurial opportunities
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Opportunity Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Lebenschance
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: reopening the debate - a Delphi panel of the leading scholars in research on entrepreneurial opportunities -- Part I Entrepreneurial opportunities - theories and approaches -- 1. A brief history of the idea of opportunity / William B. Gartner, Bruce T. Teague, Ted Baker and R. Daniel Wadhwani -- 2. Starting a business venture rationally or naturally - exploiting an opportunity in space or developing a place / Björn Bjerke and Johan Gaddefors -- 3. Austrian market theory and the entrepreneurial function as opportunity recognition Frederic Sautet -- Part II The opportunity formation process -- 4. Beyond discovery: exploring the field of entrepreneurship without a discovery view / Steffen Korsgaard and Sean Patrick Sassmannshausen -- 5. The opportunity development process of nascent entrepreneurs / Silke Tegtmeier and Catherine Léger-Jarniou -- Part III Entrepreneurial opportunities in different contexts -- 6. Understanding the knowledge - opportunities - entrepreneurship mechanism / Spyros J. Vliamos -- 7. A shaped fate: interpreting opportunity through an actor network lens / Mike Chiasson and Thomas P. Kenworth -- 8. From information to opportunity. the role of boundary spanners in sensing and seizing opportunities / Aurore Haas -- 9. Opportunity: from semantic concept to pragmatic tool / Michael Marchesney -- Part IV Impact factors on opportunity formation -- 10. Why are some individuals willing to pursue opportunities and others aren't? the role of individual values / Francisco Linán and Agnieszka Kurczewska -- 11. The effect of entrepreneurship education on opportunity recognition self-efficacy / Carlos Albornoz and José Ernesto Amorós -- Index.
    Abstract: With a wide-ranging set of contributions, this book provides a compilation of cutting-edge original research in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities. The book reopens the subject from diverse perspectives focusing on theories and approaches to entrepreneurial opportunities. It provides a brief history of the idea of opportunity and a framework of how opportunities develop in space and place. Further, this Research Handbook looks at process and context-based views on the topic. It also includes the latest research on impact factors, such as individual values on creating entrepreneurial opportunities. The book has been complemented by an outstanding Delphi panel of six leading scholars of the field: Lowell Busenitz, Dimo Dimov, James O. Fiet, Denis Grégoire, Jeff McMullen and Mike Wright. This carefully edited selection of current and topical contributions will be of immense value to students, researchers and scholars interested in the field of entrepreneurial opportunities
    Note: Contributors include: C. Albornoz, J.E. Amorós, T. Baker, B. Bjerke, L. Busenitz, M. Chiasson, D. Dimov, J.O. Fiet, J. Gaddefors, W.B. Gartner, D.A. Grégoire, A. Haas, T.P. Kenworthy, S. Korsgaard, A. Kurczewska, C. Léger-Jarniou, F. Linán, M. Marchesnay, J.S. McMullen, S.P. Sassmannshausen, F. Sautet, B.T. Teague, S. Tegtmeier, S.J. Vliamos, R.D. Wadhwani, M. Wright , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 158
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781781006696
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (232 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Winter, Richard Philip Managing academics
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochschulmanagement ; Großbritannien ; Australien ; Universities and colleges Administration ; Australien ; Großbritannien ; Hochschulmanagement ; Electronic books ; Hochschulbildung ; Management ; Hochschullehrer
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction -- Part I: Managing academics -- 1. Managing academics -- 2. Academic work and identity -- 3. A question of perspective -- Part II: Key perspectives -- 4. Managerialism -- 5. Professionalism -- 6. Quality of worklife -- 7. Prosocial identity -- Part III: Perspective taking -- 8. Hybrid challenges -- 9. Perspective taking -- Bibliography -- Index
    Abstract: Managing Academics offers contrasting perspectives of managing others in order to provoke alternative interpretations of academic work, identity, working relationships and scholarship outcomes in higher education institutions (HEIs). The author leverages a novel analytical-empirical approach to challenge the notion that managing others is a unitary, values-free process. This approach raises awareness of managing as a social process in which personal values and identity questions are treated as issues of importance to the manager and managed. Studies of academic values such as identity, professionalism and quality of worklife are integrated with authority, commitment and client-community service concepts developed within the disciplines of psychology and management in a multiple perspectives model. To enable different types of academic work to be valued and enacted simultaneously in HEIs, chapters on hybridity and perspective taking are presented. This innovative book is essential reading for academic managers in universities and colleges. It will also be of great value to academics and research students in business, management and higher education studies, and indeed anyone with an interest in the process of managing professionals
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 159
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364969
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Sandwich generation ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Introduction and context -- 1. The sandwich generation: individual, family, organizational and societal -- Challenges and opportunities / Ronald J. Burke -- 2. Challenges faced by sandwiched caregivers / Shelley I. White-Means -- 3. Intergenerational relations in later life families. / Nancy Mandell and Ann H. Kim -- Part II: Taking care of caregivers -- 4. Supporting the caregiver in dementia / Sheilla M. Loboprabhu and Victor A. Molinari -- 5. Resource effects in the caregiving process / Claire E. Greaves, Stacey L. Parker, Hannes Zacher and Nerina L Jmmieson -- Part III: The important role of organizations -- 6. Caregiving and organizational support. / Hannes Zacher, Cort W. Rudolph and Claudia Reinicke -- 7. The effect of work hours and workplace policies on sandwiched caregivers / Jennifer Reid Keene, Takashi Yamashita and Anastasia H. Prokos -- Part IV: Policy context -- 8. National context and employer-driven work-life policies / Ariane Ollier-Malterre -- 9. Residential segregation and heath of African Americans: challenges for the future / Aparna Mitra -- 10. Missing mature age women in Australia's aged care sector / Siobhan Austen, Rhonda Sharp, Therese Jefferson and Rachel Ong -- 11. Childcare and eldercare policies in Sweden / Petra Ulmanen -- 12. What to expect when the unexpected happens: becoming a caregiver / Lisa Calvano -- Index.
    Abstract: Rising life expectancy has led to the growth of the 'Sandwich Generation' - men and women who are caregivers to their children of varying ages as well as for one or both parents whilst still managing their own household and work responsibilities. This book considers both the strains and benefits of this position. Tackling a myriad of issues such as gender, parents and parents-in-law, ethnic differences, residential status, and developing changes in the caregiving relationship such as Alzheimer's or dementia, this book highlights the complexities of the caregiving relationship. Key chapters also address potential benefits including improved relationships, skill set development and generously giving to another. Expert contributors use examples to illustrate the need for organizations to address increases in caregiving among their employees and develop supportive policies and initiatives. They further show that there is a need at the country level to integrate employees, communities, employers, businesses and levels of government to deal with this increasing trend. This timely book will prove an indispensible reference for academics and students interested in the sandwich generation, caregiving and health. Its practical approach will also benefit human resource management professionals, managers dealing with sandwiched employees and health administrators at various levels of government
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: R. Attieh, S. Austen, R. Burke, L. Calvano, C.E. Greaves, T. Jefferson, N.L. Jimmieson, A.H. Kim, S. LoboPrabhu, N. Mandell, A. Mitra, V. Molinari, A. Ollier-Malterre, R. Ong, S.L. Parker, A.H. Prokos, J. Reid Keene, C. Reinicke, C.W. Rudolph, R. Sharp, P. Ulmanen, S.I. White Means, T. Yamashita, H. Zacher
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 160
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717056
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (224 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar introductions to management and organization theory
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Berti, Marco Elgar introduction to organizational discourse analysis
    DDC: 658.4/5
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Verhalten in Organisationen ; Diskurstheorie ; Metapher ; Wirtschaftsstudium ; USA ; Communication in organizations ; Electronic books ; Organisation ; Kommunikation ; Diskursanalyse
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: the aim and structure of the book -- 1. Language and organization -- 2. The discourse of 'organizational discourse -- 3. The power of metaphors -- 4. Discourse as a map -- 5. Discourse as organizing -- 6. Discource as mask: silence, emptiness and ambiguity in discourse -- 7. Organizational discourse analysis in practice: the case of business education discourse -- 8. References -- Index.
    Abstract: Our knowledge and understanding of organizations is both enabled and constrained by an invisible relationship of power that is embedded in the ways in which we act and speak. This book offers a succinct but comprehensive introduction to the vast field of organizational discourse analysis, the approach that studies organization as a linguistic phenomenon, and offers an original approach to investigate the relationship between materiality and discourse. Three original images of discourse are employed: discourse as a map, discourse as organizing and discourse as a mask. These metaphors are used as cognitive tools to highlight different implications and perspectives on discourse. The book critically compares and contrasts various linguistic-focused approaches to the study of organizations, and proposes the use of linguistic phenomena in connection with other methodologies. One section even offers an exemplification of the proposed approach to discourse analysis, presenting a map of discursive terrain, which plays a central role in the reproduction of local organizational and management discourses. This rich and approachable introduction is targeted at graduate and doctoral students, as well as non-specialist academics who want to familiarize themselves with the organizational discourse debate
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 161
    ISBN: 9781785367533
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (384 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Contextualizing entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries
    DDC: 658.421
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Schwellenländer ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Schwellenländer ; Wirtschaftsentwicklung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Contextualizing entrepreneurship in-between emerging economies and developing countries / Marcela Ramírez-Pasillas, Ethel Brundin and Magdalena Markowska -- Part I: Contextualizing the top-down driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 2. The political economy of indigenous ethnic entrepreneurship: the Ethiopian experience / Hussien Yimam -- 3. Who is really an ethnic minority? the puzzling paradox of conceptualization of ethnic entrepreneurship / Hussien Yimam -- 4. Women entrepreneurship in Rwanda: overcoming entrepreneurial stereotypes through government support / Jean Bosco Shema and Samuel Mutarindwa -- 5. The impact of the institutional context on women entrepreneurship in Ethiopia: breaking the cycle of poverty? / Hailemickael Deres Mekonnen and Joaquin Cestino -- 6. Contextualizing entrepreneurship as an antidote to institutional evangelizing: "diezmo" and informal contract commissions in Mexico / Edmundo Ramírez-Pasillas and Hans Lundberg -- 7. Contextualizing universities for new venture creation: the case of family business students of Tecnologico de Monterrey in Mexico / Fernando Sandoval-Arzaga, David Xotlanihua-González, Geraldina Silveyra and Maria Fonseca-Paredes -- 8. The discursive formation of 'seriousness' in the ship canal rat race between Panama, Mexico and Nicaragua / Hans Lundberg -- Part II: Contextualizing the bottom-up driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 9. Jugaar as entrepreneurial resourcefulness / Khizran Zehra -- 10. Contextualizing entrepreneurial networks in Ethiopia: the case of the Ekubs of the Gurage ethnic group / Yaschilal Shitaye Anely -- 11. Contextualizing crowdfunding in low income countries: the case of Pakistan / Nadia Arshad -- 12. Exploring antecedents for new venture creation in Ethiopia / Yikaalo Welu Kidanemariam -- 13. Contextualizing entrepreneurial opportunity creation as an outcome of social embeddedness / Demeke Chimdessa Gutu and Jebessa Teshome Bayissa -- 14. Exploring institutional entrepreneurship in developing countries - copreneurs in the tourism industry: a Bolivian case / Maria José Parada and Alexandra Dawson -- 15. The interplay between the context and family business continuity in developing countries / Pierre Sindambiwe -- 16. Entrepreneurship in family businesses in Ethiopia / Ermias Werkilul Asfaw -- Part III: Contextualizing hybrid driving forces for entrepreneurial practices -- 17. Placing the Ugandan entrepreneurship paradox in context / Peter Rosa and Waswa Balunywa -- 18. Barranquilla's carnival: the place where identity meets societal entrepreneurship / Erika Arévalo -- 19. New firms' survival in Rwanda: an analysis of institutional and social contexts / Samuel Kamugisha -- 20. Daring to be different: a case of entrepreneurial stewardship in a Guatemalan family's coffee farm / Marcos Vega Solano and Allan Discua Cruz -- 21. Financial performance of family versus non-family firms in the context of an economy in turmoil: a market from 'developed' to 'emerging' / Diogenis Baboukardos and Naveed Akhter -- 22. A literature review on mixed-embeddedness for immigrant entrepreneurship: lessons for developing countries / Asres Abitie Kebede -- 23. Influences of immigrants from emerging economies and developing countries on immigrant entrepreneurship in Sweden / Quang evansluong -- 24. Epilogue - multiple embeddedness for entrepreneurship / Rodrigo Basco -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship in emerging economies and developing countries presents us with a unique set of working attitudes, modes of thinking, social practices and processes. This book explores these characteristics, focusing on the conceptualization of entrepreneurship 'in-between'. It highlights top-down, bottom-up and hybrid initiatives as well as driving forces for entrepreneurial activities, presenting the diversity, nuances and multiplicity of facets of relevant but unexplored contexts that we need in order to expand our dominant and traditional understandings of entrepreneurship. This book examines entrepreneurship as a contextualized phenomenon from different theoretical and empirical perspectives, gathering a group of researchers with different nationalities, backgrounds and contexts to shed light on how societies with alternative paths of development trigger different entrepreneurial activities and practices. It covers geographical contexts from five continents in a novel and multifaceted analysis. Including case studies, literature reviews and discourse analysis, this book will be a valuable resource for academics and PhD students as well as programme directors in entrepreneurship, development studies and economic geography, and policymakers working with local and regional development and entrepreneurship
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: N. Akhter, E. Arévalo, D. Baboukardos, W. Balunywa, R. Basco, E. Brundin, J. Cestino, D. Chimdessa Gutu, A. Dawson, H. Deres Mekonnen, A. Discua Cruz, Q. Evansluong, M. Fonseca-Paredes, S. Kamugisha, A.A. Kebede, H. Lundberg, M. Markowska, S. Mutarindwa, M.J. Parada, E. Ramírez Pasillas, M. Ramirez Pasillas, P. Rosa, F. Sandoval-Arzaga, J.B. Shema, Y. Shitaye Anely, G. Silveyra, P. Sindambiwe, J. Teshome Bayissa, M. Vega Solano, Y. Welu Kidanemariam, E. Werkilul Asfaw, D.S. Xotlanihua-González, H. Yimam, K. Zehra
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 162
    ISBN: 9781783475520
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (240 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Capturing the innovation opportunity space
    DDC: 658.4/063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Innovationsmanagement ; Geschäftsmodell ; Social Web ; Business enterprises Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Innovation ; Kunde ; Kooperation ; Geschäftsmodell
    Abstract: Contents: 1. The new frontier of innovation -- 2. Innovation pioneers - the essential role of users, on-line user communities and the crowd -- 3. Exploring the changing landscape of Innovation: the rise of users, on-line communities and the crowd -- 4. Mapping the new world of innovation - the innovation opportunity space -- 5. Defending territory - changing forms of intellectual protection -- 6. New frontier business models - creating value through innovation -- 7. Emerging business models in settled contexts -- 8. Emerging business models in frontier contexts -- 9. Capturing the innovation opportunity space -- Index
    Abstract: Innovation is changing and this exciting book explores how the shift to more collaborative ways of working with users, online communities and the crowd opens up novel business possibilities. The Innovation Opportunity Space approach enables managers, policymakers and academics to better understand emerging new business opportunities. Drawing on the findings of the latest international research, this book provides a systematic and clear understanding of the radical business models that new forms of innovation are making possible. The authors offer a wide range of examples and case studies that explore how firms have benefited from these new forms of innovation. A novel approach to innovation planning and strategy is also introduced, and the book concludes with a four-stage process that shows how firms can work to capture their own Innovation Opportunity Space. Defining the state of the art in the field, this will be an essential resource for managers, academics and researchers of business organisation and innovation
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 163
    ISBN: 9781783472666
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Exploring the entrepreneurial society
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Institutionenökonomik ; Gesellschaft ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship ; Wirtschaftswachstum
    Abstract: Contents: Part I: Entrepreneurship and formal and informal institutions -- 1. Understanding the drivers of an 'entrepreneurial' economy: Lessons from Japan and the Netherlands / Hiroyuki Okamuro, André van Stel and Ingrid Verheul -- 2. Hofstede's cultural dimensions and modes of entry into entrepreneurship / Joern H. Block and Sascha G. Walter -- 3. Entrepreneurs using regulation as a source of opportunity: a study combining quantitative and qualitative approaches / Amélie Jacquemin and Frank Janssen -- 4. Determinants of high-growth firms: why do some countries have more high-growth firms than others? / Mercedes Teruel and Gerrit de Wit -- 5. Institutions, entrepreneurship, and regional growth in Indonesia (1994-2010) / François Facchini and Subandono -- 6. Sub-national market-supporting institutions and export behaviors / Ngo Vi Dung and Frank Janssen -- Part II: Entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success -- 7. Are French industrial establishments equally sensitive to the local atmosphere? An analysis resting upon a panel of manufacturing plants over the period 2003-2010 / Nadine Levratto, Denis Carré and Luc Tessier -- 8. Labor market and successful entrepreneurship / Jean Bonnet and Nicolas Le Pape -- 9. The relationship between knowledge management and innovation level in Mexican SMEs: empirical evidence / Gonzalo Maldonado Guzman, Maria del Carmen Martinez Serna and Domingo García Perez de Lema -- Part III: Entrepreneurial behaviors -- 10. Entrepreneurial opportunity recognition and exploitation in academic spin-offs / Ugo Rizzo -- 11. Firm location choice in the new economy: exploring the role of entrepreneurial work-lifestyles of neighbourhood entrepreneurs in the business location decision / Anne Risselada and Veronique Schutjens -- 12. How to explain gender differences in self-employment ratios. Towards a socioeconomic approach / Dieter Bögenhold and Uwe Fachinger -- Part IV: Entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises -- 13. Entrepreneurship and Schumpeterian growth / Paolo E. Giordani -- 14. Venture capital contracts and the institutional theory: differences between public and private Spanish venture capital firms / Ma Camino Ramón-Llorens and Ginés Hernández-Cánovas -- 15. Exploring SME's strategic response to the financial and economic crisis: empirical evidence from Catalonia. / Eleni Papaoikonomou, Xiaoni Li and Pere Segarra -- 16. Does the financial crisis make SMEs reluctant to ask for finance in Luxembourg? / Serge Allegrezza, Leila Ben Aoun-Peltier, Anne Dubrocard and Solène Larue -- Part V: Entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes -- 17. Self-employment and independent professionals: labour market transitions and myths of entrepreneurship / Dieter Bögenhold, Jarna Heinonen and Elisa Akola -- 18. How distinct social entrepreneurship is from commercial entrepreneurship? / Alicia Rubio Bañon, Antonio Aragón Sánchez and Nuria Esteban-Lloret -- 19. Self-employed people and pension. Is old age poverty the inevitable dark side of an entrepreneurial society? / Uwe Fachinger and Anna Frankus -- Index
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is the engine of economic development, which in turn impacts the challenges facing future entrepreneurs. Understanding the development of a vivid entrepreneurial society requires attention to several interacting factors, as well as expected transversal policies provided by ministries and administrations as a whole. This timely book explores institutional, behavioral and policy issues of primary importance to seizing the entrepreneurial society. Exploring the Entrepreneurial Society collects original work from renowned scholars involved in entrepreneurship research, with theoretical and empirical contributions anchored in economics, management and sociology. The chapters are structured in five distinct parts: entrepreneurship in relation to formal and informal institutions; entrepreneurial choice, orientation and success; entrepreneurial behaviors; entrepreneurial finance, growth and economic crises; and entrepreneurship, social dimensions and outcomes. By examining themes at the forefront of research interest, this book will appeal to scholars, as well as MA and PhD students, in entrepreneurship, business administration and economics. Policy makers will also be able to apply the results in a more practical context
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 164
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368714
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in leadership studies
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Leadership in women ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- Introduction -- Part I Indian women leaders -- Part I Introduction: The Indian context -- 1. Jeroo Billimoria: Social entrepreneur -- 2. Astrid Lobo Gajiwala, Ph.D.: Head, Tata Memorial Hospital Tissue Bank -- 3. Corinne Kumar: International coordinator and founder, world courts of women -- 4. Sharma Sujata, Ph.D.: Director, Tapan Rehabilitation Society -- Part II Japanese women leaders -- Part II Introduction: The Japanese context -- 5. Hisa Anan: Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co. Ltd -- 6. Nobuko Hiwasa: Retired Independent Director, Megmilk Snow Brand Co., Ltd. -- 7. Yukako Kurose: General Manager, CSR Planning Office, Teijin Ltd -- 8. Ryoko Nagata: Senior Vice President, Japan Tobacco Inc -- 9. Mieko Yoshida: retired Executive Officer and General Manager of Quality Assurance Department, R&D and Quality Assurance Division, Nisshin Seifun Group Inc -- Part III Jordanian women leaders -- Part III Introduction: The Jordanian context -- 10. Jumana Ghunaimat: Editor-in-Chief, Al Ghad Newspaper -- 11. Reem Abu Hassan, JD: Attorney at Law -- 12. Nadia Shamroukh: Chairwoman, Jordanian Women's Union -- Part IV United Kingdom women leaders -- Part IV Introduction: The United Kingdom context -- 13. Terrie Alafat, CBE: Chief Executive, Chartered Institute of Housing -- 14. Claire Jenkins: Non-Executive Director, Sports Direct International plc -- 15. Francesca Raleigh O'Connell: Founder, SculptureLondon -- 16. Professor Catherine Peckham, CBE, MD, FMedSci: Professor of Paediatric Epidemiology, University College London -- Conclusion -- Bibliography -- Index.
    Abstract: Global Women Leaders showcases narratives of women in business, nonprofit organizations and the public sector who have achieved leadership positions despite cultural obstacles and gender bias. Featuring leaders from India, Japan, Jordan and the United Kingdom, the book examines how these women have overcome challenges and served as role models in their professions. Regina Wentzel Wolfe and Patricia H. Werhane present stories of these women leaders within their unique cultural contexts. Standout features include models of feminist leadership behaviors and interrogations of the dominant paradigm of male leadership. Challenges for women in the workplace, systems thinking and various female leadership styles are also explored. The successes of the leaders featured in this book will be of interest to those in public, private and nonprofit sector organizations as well as academics and students teaching and studying feminist leadership, MBA students and entrepreneurs
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 165
    ISBN: 9781784711214
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Keywords: Corporate power Political aspects ; Corporations Political activity ; Corporations Political aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: Introduction: Political affairs in the global domain / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom. -- 1. Building an architecture for political influence: Atlas and the transnational institutionalization of the neoliberal think tank / Marie Laure Djelic -- 2. Global policy bricolage: the role of business in the World Economic Forum / Christina Garsten and Adrienne Sörbom -- 3. Policy making as collective bricolage: the role of the electricity sector in the European carbon market / Mélodie Cartel, Eva Boxenbaum, Franck Aggeri and Jean-Yves Caneill -- 4. Lobbying in practice: an ethnographic field study of public affairs consultancy / Anna Tyllström -- 5. Firms' political strategies in a new public/private environment: the Boeing case / Hervé Dumez and Alain Jeunemaître -- 6. Corporate advocacy in the internet domain: shaping policy through data visualizations? / Mikkel Flyverbom -- 7. Talking like an institution: on the gentle voices of financial giants / Anette Nyqvist -- 8. Exploring corporations' activism: predatory modus operandi and its effects on institutional field dynamics / Mar Perezts, Xavier Philippe, Sebastien Picard and Véronique Steyer -- 9. Political chocolate: branding it fairtrade / Renita Thedvall -- 10. Competitive and self-destructive market actors / Bo Rothstein -- Reflections: Leaving Flatland? Planar discourses and the search for the G-axis. / David A. Westbrook -- Index.
    Abstract: Power, Policy and Profit investigates the many ways in which corporate actors attempt to influence political activities. Through the intensified globalization of markets, the restructuring of welfare services and the accumulation of private capital, opportunities for corporate influence in politics affairs are shown to have multiplied. Bringing together different fields of global governance studies, this book addresses the rising political influence of corporate actors both nationally and internationally. Corporate influence on policy is now commonplace through lobbying, advocacy and campaign contributions; funding analysis and research; creating or adopting standards for social responsibility and shaping transparency guidelines. Key chapters show how corporations can now have leverage in broad political affairs: an activity central to the organization of markets. Power, Policy and Profit will be of great interest to students and academics of business and management, politics and governance studies. Policy professionals will find this a timely read on the complexities of corporate engagement in politics and governance
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 166
    ISBN: 9781781954188
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of international human resource development
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personalentwicklung ; Manpower policy Evaluation ; Manpower planning ; Electronic books ; Personalentwicklung ; Internationales Management
    Abstract: Contents: 1. International HRD: context, processes and people - Introduction / Thomas Garavan, Alma McCarthy and Ronan Carbery -- Part 1: context -- 2. IHRD in MNCs / Yanqing Lai, Thomas Garavan and Ronan Carbery -- 3. IHRD in international non-governmental organisations, not-for-profits and public sector / Hussain Alhejji and Thomas Garavan -- 4. IHRD in small firms and internationalising SMEs / Ciara T. Nolan -- 5.IHRD: national cultural and cross-cultural perspectives / Yanqing Lai -- 6. IHRD: international perspectives on competence and competencies / Jonathan Winterton -- 7 IHRD: investment in human capital and performance / Maura Sheehan and Valerie Shanahan -- Part 2: processes -- 8. Green IHRD, sustainability and environmental issues / Claire Valentin -- 9. IHRD and managing knowledge / Alexandre Ardichvili -- 10. IHRD, offshoring and outsourcing / Valerie Anderson and Vijay Pereira -- 11. IHRD and lean management / Meera Alagaraja -- 12. IHRD and strategic learning capability / Hanna Moon and Wendy E.A. Ruona -- 13. IHRD and virtual HRD / Elisabeth Bennett and Rochell McWhorter -- 14. IHRD, social capital and networking / Claire Gubbins -- Part 3: People development practices -- 15. IHRD: developing expatriates and inpatriates / Gary N. McLean, Junhee Kim and Oranuch (Jued) Pruetipibultham -- 16 .IHRD and global careers / Michelle Hammond, Deirdre O'Shea and Jill Pearson -- 17. IHRD and leader development / Nicholas Clarke -- 18. IHRD and developing global teams / Gary N. McLean and Sewon Kim -- 19. IHRD, diversity and inclusion / Julie Gedro -- 20. IHRD and global talent development / Andrew Bratton, Thomas Garavan, Norma D'Annunzio Green and Kirsteen Grant -- Part 4: researching IHRD -- 21. Researching IHRD: context, processes and people / Anthony McDonnell -- Index.
    Abstract: This comprehensive Handbook sets out the nature and scope of International Human Resource Development (IHRD) to advance our understanding of research and practice in the field. Drawing on expertise from a global team representing some of the field's most distinguished researchers, the Handbook explores a range of contextual, process and people development practice issues impacting IHRD research and practice. Focusing on IHRD as a distinct field of research and practice, the authors offer comprehensive coverage of a number of critical contextual dimensions that shape the IHRD goals that organisations pursue; impact the IHRD systems, policies and practices that are implemented; and influence the types of IHRD research questions that are investigated. The Handbook examines the processes or actions taken by organisations to globalise IHRD practices and discusses important people development practices that come within the scope of IHRD. By bringing together a variety of research strands and engaging in key debates while also acknowledging the emergent, dynamic and constantly evolving nature of the field, the authors of this Handbook have created an invaluable resource for academics, students, professionals and practitioners in IHRD, HRD, HRM, international management, organisational behaviour and leadership
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 167
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784715465
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (512 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on leadership and creativity
    DDC: 303.3/4
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Kreativität ; Kreativitätstechnik ; Leadership Handbooks, manuals, etc ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Führungskraft ; Kreativität ; Innovation
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Leading for creativity: functions, models, and domains / Michael D. Mumford, Sven Hemlin, and Tyler J. Mulhearn -- Functions -- 2. Leader planning skills and creative performance: integrating past, present, and future / Michael D. Mumford, Logan M. Steele, Tyler J. Mulhearn, Tristan McIntosh, and Logan L. Watts -- 3. Creativity, complexity, and organizational learning: implications for leadership and governance / Robert K. Kazanjian -- 4. How can we advise Achilles? A rehabilitation of the concept of the champion for leadership / Steven E. Markham and Janice Witt Smith -- 5. Leader idea evaluation and follower creativity: challenges, constraints, and capabilities / Logan L. Watts, Tyler J. Mulhearn, E. Michelle Todd, and Michael D. Mumford / 6. Intrinsic motivation and creativity: opening up a black box / Logan M. Steele, Tristan McIntosh, and Cory Higgs -- 7. Leadership's role in creative climate creation / Scott G. Isaksen -- 8. Leading for creativity: how leaders manage creative teams / Roni Reiter-Palmon and Ryan P. Royston -- 9. The social footprint of champions and promoters as creative leaders in innovating and executing / Jan Kratzer and Ingo Michelfelder -- Models -- 10. Leader structure and consideration for innovation / Gina Scott Ligon and Douglas C. Derrick -- 11. Do leaders matter in the long run? A longitudinal study of the importance of LMX and LMX balance for followers' creative performance in research groups / Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- 12. Transformational leadership and follower creativity: a review of underlying mechanism and boundary conditions / Kathrin Rosing -- 13. Relational leadership and creativity: the effects of respectful engagement and caring on meaningfulness and creative work involvement / John Paul Stevens and Abraham Carmeli -- 14. Collective leadership as a facilitator of innovation / Tamara L. Friedrich and Mingdong (Pauline) Zhong -- 15. All roads lead to Rome: navigating the creative process using the CIP model of leadership / Jeffrey B. Lovelace, Brett H. Neely, Bradley S. Jayne, and Samuel T. Hunter -- 16. Creativity in organizations: the intersectionality of roles, levels of analysis, and types of creativity / Kimberly S. Jaussi -- Domains -- 17. Creative leadership among executives and managers / Gerard Puccio, Marie Mance, and Selcuk Acar -- 18. Leadership and creativity in business / Daan van Knippenberg -- 19. Leadership and creativity capacity in military contexts / Shane Connelly and Stephen J. Zaccaro -- 20. Academic leadership: embracing uncertainty and diversity by building communication and trust / Li Bennich-Björkman -- 21. Creative leadership in the marketing arena / Jeffrey B. Schmidt and Logan L. Watts -- 22. Aesthetic leadership in the arts / Arja Ropo, Donatella De Paoli and Ralph Bathurst -- 23. Creativity stimulating leadership in R&D groups / Sven Hemlin and Cajsa Lisa Katniss Olsson -- Index
    Abstract: The rapid pace of technological change and globalization of products, competition and services have conspired to place a new premium on innovation for firms across the world. Although many variables influence creativity and innovation, the effective leadership of creative teams has proved especially important. This timely Handbook presents the state of the art for what leaders must do to lead creative teams and how they should do it. Handbook of Research on Leadership and Creativity is divided into three major sections. The first section on leadership functions identifies key activities that must be executed by leaders if creative efforts are to prove successful. The next section explains creative leadership using available theoretical models, examining the effects of leader behaviors on follower creativity. The final section investigates specific domains where organizations seek creativity. It covers the creative domains of research and development as well as military and academia, which have not traditionally been viewed as domains where creative leadership is critical. This comprehensive Handbook makes a significant contribution to the literature on creativity and innovation and will be welcomed as an accessible yet authoritative text by students, teachers and researchers alike
    URL: FULL  ((Currently Only Available on Campus))
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 168
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9780857937957
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (264 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of innovation and creativity for marketing management
    DDC: 658.8/02
    RVK:
    Keywords: Marketingmanagement ; Innovation ; Kreativität ; Marketing ; Creative ability in business ; Electronic books ; Marketingmanagement
    Abstract: Introduction / Eric Shiu -- 1. What is innovation? / Søren Harnow Klausen -- 2. Product design innovation - trade-off decisions on functionality, aesthetics and sustainability from the consumer perspective / Eric Shiu -- 3. Innovation performance in service industries - unlocking the intricate effects of strategic orientations and the business model / Colin Cheng -- 4. Organizing for creativity / Farida Rasulzada -- 5. Four decades of engaging customers in product innovation / Mai Khanh Tran -- 6. Developing a conceptual model of the impacts of electronic word-of-mouth on innovation adoption / Yingying Qian -- 7. Cultural influences on innovation resistance : a conceptual framework / Nasir Salari -- 8. The influence of personality on creativity / Eva Hoff and Ingegerd Carlsson -- 9. Chan/Zen of creativity management / Ai-Girl Tan -- 10. Creativity in advertisement : how advertisements strike people - a critical discussion of the role of original ideas and background music / Alessandro Antonietti and Barbara Colombo -- Concluding remarks / Eric Shiu.
    Abstract: This groundbreaking Handbook is a collection of the most recent research in innovation and creativity as it applies to marketing management. It uniquely combines the work of innovation and creativity scholars in the same book. Incorporating global research conducted by scholars based all over the world, this book covers various aspects of innovation and creativity, discussing the concepts themselves as well as adopting both a company and consumer perspective. Standout topics discussed in this Handbook include product and service innovation, organizing for innovation, co-innovation, and the impacts of culture on innovation as well as the impacts of personality, the impacts of zen, and the applications of creativity in management and marketing. Eric Shiu presents an integrated discussion of both disciplines, which will inevitably lead to early-stage frameworks of knowledge, new research ideas, and a more holistic understanding of innovation and creativity combined. This Handbook targets readers who are interested in innovation and creativity in general as well as those interested in how the topics apply to marketing management. Business and management students as well as scholars who are researching, teaching or studying a subject that relates to innovation or creativity will be of interest
    Note: Includes index , Contributors include: A. Antonietti, I. Carlsson, C. Cheng, B. Colombo, S. Harnow Klausen, E. Hoff, Y. Qian, F. Rasulzada, N. Salari, E. Shiu, A-.G. Tan, M.K. Tran
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 169
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785363719
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial identity
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Identity theory ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Entrepreneurial identity : professional virtues moderate attraction and persistence / Thomas N. Duening -- 2. The entrepreneur in the age of discursive reproduction : whence comes entrepreneurial identity? / Rebecca Gill -- 3. Visualizing Bill Gates and Richard Branson as comic book heroes : an examination of the role of cartoon and caricature in the parodization of the entrepreneurial persona / Robert Smith and David Boje -- 4. Entrepreneurial identity and motivation / Blake Mathias -- 5. Learning to become entrepreneurial : fostering entrepreneurial identity & habits / Karen Williams-Middleton and Anne Donnellon -- 6. Teaching the aspiring entrepreneur / Matthew L. Metzger -- Index.
    Abstract: Entrepreneurship is an academic discipline that, despite decades of growth in research and teaching activity lacks a traditionally distinct or common pedagogy. In this book, editors Thomas N. Duening and Matthew L. Metzger explore entrepreneurial identity as a new basis upon which curricula can be constructed for aspiring entrepreneurs. Critically, this perspective is based on the insight that there is a fundamental difference between venture development and entrepreneur development. Unfortunately, most current interventions for aspiring entrepreneurs focus on the former at the expense of the latter. The editors have collected work from an international team of authors with diverse views on how identity theory applies to entrepreneur development. Chapters focus primarily on macro-level identity issues (that is, how do these entrepreneurial archetypes form, persist, and sometimes change) or micro-level identity issues (that is, how can educators and resource providers identify, communicate, and incentivize identity construction among aspiring entrepreneurs). This book provides a general theoretical background and offers numerous suggestions for application and further research. One example of this is the 'For Further Reading' feature at the end of each chapter which is perfect for assisting those who want to delve deeper into various topics. This essential resource will be of interest to researchers, resource providers and students alike
    Note: Contributors include: D. Boje, A. Donnellon, T.N. Duening, R. Gill, B. Mathias, M.L. Metzger, R. Smith, K. Williams-Middleton , Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 170
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718183
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (576 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of expatriates
    RVK:
    Keywords: Auslandsaufenthalt ; Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Geschichte ; Trend ; Aliens ; Expatriation ; Foreign workers ; Electronic books ; Unternehmen ; Mitarbeiter ; Auslandstätigkeit ; Personalpolitik ; Auswanderin ; Auswanderer
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword / J. Stewart Black -- Part I History of expatriate studies and its current state of play -- 1. Introduction : overview of early expatriate studies, 1952 to 1979 / Yvonne McNulty and Jan Selmer -- 2. The concept of business expatriates / Yvonne McNulty and Chris Brewster -- 3. Expatriates : a thematic research history / Jan Selmer -- Part II Historical and contemporary foundations of expatriate studies -- 4. Expatriate adjustment / Thomas Hippler, Arno Haslberger and Chris Brewster -- 5. Expatriate performance / Leanda Care and Ross Donohue -- 6. Expatriates to and from developed and developing countries / Lisa Clarke, Akhentoolove Corbin and Bettyjane Punnett -- 7. Global talent management : what does it mean for expatriates? / David G. Collings and Michael Isichei -- 8. Expatriates' safety and security during crisis / Anthony Fee -- Part III Types of expatriates -- 9. Self-initiated expatriates / Jan Selmer, Maike Andresen and Jean-Luc Cerdin -- 10. Lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and intersex (LGBTI) expatriates / Ruth McPhail -- 11. Inpatriates : a review, synthesis and outlook of two decades of research / Miriam Moeller and B. Sebastian Reiche -- 12. Female expatriates : towards a more inclusive view / Kate Hutchings and Snejina Michailova -- 13. Millennial expatriates / Marian Crowley-Henry and Mary Collins -- 14. International business travellers, short-term assignees and international commuters / Liisa Mäkelä, Kati Saarenpää and Yvonne McNulty -- Part IV Expatriates in diverse communities -- 15. Military expatriates / Kelly L. Fisher -- 16. Missionary (religious) expatriates / Braam Oberholster and Cheryl Doss -- 17. Expatriate academics : an era of higher education internationalization / Jan Selmer, Jodie-Lee Trembath and Jakob Lauring -- 18. Sports expatriates / Harald Dolles and Birnir Egilsson -- 19. Expatriates in aidland : humanitarian aid and development workers and volunteers / Anthony Fee -- Part V Researching expatriates and expatriates as researchers -- 20. Methodological issues in expatriate studies and future directions / Phyllis Tharenou -- 21. Expatriate research for and with practitioners / Michael Dickmann -- 22. Case study research on expatriates / Julia Richardson -- Part VI Future directions in expatriate research -- 23. Biculturals, monoculturals, and adult third culture kids : individual differences in identities and outcomes / Kathrin J. Hanek -- 24. global families / Min Wan, Romila Singh and Margaret A. Shaffer -- 25. Publishing research on expatriates : advice for PhD. candidates and early career researchers / Jan Selmer and Yvonne McNulty -- Index
    Abstract: Constituting a comprehensive and carefully designed collection of contributions, the Research Handbook of Expatriates provides a nuanced and up-to-date discussion of expatriates. Theoretically broad and groundbreaking, it offers important and contemporary insights into emerging areas of research warranting future consideration. Drawing upon a range of perspectives from the field's most distinguished academics, contributions review the history of the literature in relation to expatriates, from the development of the expatriate construct through to the current state of research on business expatriates. Subsequent chapters progress into detailed examinations of the various types of business expatriates including LGBT, self-initiated expatriates, female assignees, inpatriates, international business travellers and commuters, and millennials. Other themes include expatriate performance, adjustment, expatriates to and from developing countries, global talent management, and expatriates' safety and security. The Research Handbook also covers expatriates in diverse communities such as education, military, missionary, sports and 'Aidland', and provides additional commentaries relating to methodological issues, research with practitioners, case studies, biculturals and ATCKs, and global families. The Research Handbook concludes with publishing advice for PhD and early career researchers. Stimulating insightful new areas of study, this collection is a must read for academics and scholars in the field of expatriate research, international management, global human resource management and business administration. It also offer a wealth of guidance for executives and recruiters along with expatriates and professionals who may expatriate
    Note: Contributors: M. Andresen, C. Brewster, L. Care, J.-L. Cerdin, L. Clarke, D. Collings, M. Collins, M. Crowley-Henry, A. Corbin, M. Dickmann, H. Dolles, R. Donohue, B. Egilsson, A. Fee, K.L. Fisher, K.J. Hanek, A. Haslberger, T. Hippler, K. Hutchings, M. Isichei, J. Lauring, L. Mäkelä, Y. McNulty, R. McPhail, S. Michailova, M. Moeller, B. Oberholster, B.J. Punnett, B.S. Reiche, J. Richardson, K. Saarenpää, J. Selmer, M. Shaffer, R. Singh, P. Tharenou, J.-L. Trembath, M. Wan
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 171
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781783478293
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (288 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Young, Dennis R., 1943 - Financing nonprofits and other social enterprises
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmensfinanzierung ; Nonprofit-Organisation ; Sozialwirtschaft ; Nonprofit organizations Finance ; Electronic books ; Nonprofit-Bereich ; Finanzierung
    Abstract: Contents: Foreword by Bill Bolling -- 1. Introduction -- 2. Cross-currents in SPO finance -- 3. Benefits theory -- 4. The nature of benefits and their financing -- 5. Fee-reliant SPOs -- 6. Contributions-reliant spos -- 7. Government-reliant SPOs -- 8. Investment income-reliant SPOs -- 9. Mixed income strategies -- 10. Capital financing -- 11. Income portfolios -- 12. Benefits thinking : ideas and tools for practice -- Index.
    Abstract: Benefits theory connects an organization's mission, the public and private benefits it produces, and the societal groups that it benefits, to an appropriate income mix. This book applies benefits theory to the financing of nonprofit and other social purpose organizations to guide managers and leaders towards finding the best mix of income sources for their organizations, to help educate future managers about resource development and to stimulate additional research on the financing of nonprofits and other forms of social enterprise. Individual chapters are devoted to organizations primarily reliant on earned income, gifts, government support and investment income, respectively, as well as to organizations that are well diversified in their sources of operating support. Each type of income, as well as mixed income portfolios are analyzed in depth. Detailed case studies of contemporary social purpose organizations are discussed throughout the book, and templates are provided to help leaders apply benefits theory to analyze the income opportunities and portfolios of their own organizations. Comprehensive and practitioner-friendly, this book is suitable not only for teaching graduate and undergraduate students in non-profit management, social enterprise, public administration and business management, but also for informing practicing managers, teachers and researchers, and funders of social purpose organizations
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 172
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781785365041
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (328 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research methodologies and design in neuroentrepreneurship
    DDC: 338
    RVK:
    Keywords: Unternehmer ; Neurowissenschaften ; Neuroökonomie ; Entrepreneurship Psychological aspects ; Entrepreneurship Methodology ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Preface -- 1. Introduction / Mellani Day, Mary C. Boardman and Norris Krueger -- Part I -- Neuroscience principles, techniques and tools -- 2. Brain-driven entrepreneurship research: -- A Review and research agenda / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 3. Human psychophysiological and genetic approaches in neuroentrepreneurship / Marco Colosio, Cristiano Bellavitis and Alexey Gorin -- 4. Unpacking neuroentrepreneurship: conducting entrepreneurship research with EEG technologies / Martin De Holan and Cyril Couffe -- 5. A brief primer on using functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) in entrepreneurship research / M. K. Ward, Crystal Reeck and William Becker -- 6. Experimental methodological principles for entrepreneurship research using neuroscience techniques / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- Part II -- Neuroscience applications - entrepreneurial judgement, decision-making and cognition -- 7. Entrepreneurial return on investment through a neuroentrepreneurship lens / Mellani Day and Mary C. Boardman -- 8. The cognitive neuroscience of entrepreneurial risk: -- conceptual and methodological challenges / Kelly G. Shaver, Leon Schjoedt, Angela Passarelli and Crystal Reeck -- 9. A few words about entrepreneurial learning, training and brain plasticity / Aparna Sud -- 10. A few words about Neuro-experimental designs for the study of emotions and cognitions in entrepreneurship / Theresa Treffers -- 11. Which tool should I use? Neuroscientific technologies for brain-driven entrepreneurship researchers / Víctor Pérez-Centeno -- 12. A few words about what neuroentrepreneurship can and cannot help us with / Sean Guillory, Mary C. Boardman and Mellani Day -- Index.
    Abstract: This Handbook provides an overview of neuroscience-driven research methodologies and how those methodologies might be applied to theory-based research in the nascent field of neuroentrepreneurship. A key challenge of this field is that few neuroscientists are trained as entrepreneurship scholars and few entrepreneurship scholars are trained as neuroscientists, but this book skillfully bridges that gap. Expert contributors include concrete examples of new ways to conduct research in their contributions, which have the potential to shed light onto areas such as decision making and opportunity recognition and allow neuroentrepreneurs to ask different, perhaps better, questions than ever before. This Handbook also presents current thinking and examples of pioneering work, serves as a reference for those wishing to incorporate these methods into their own research, and provides several helpful discussions on the nature of answerable questions using neuroscience techniques. Neuroentrepreneurship is an important, emerging field for neuroscientists and entrepreneurship scholars alike. For the former audience, this book presents concrete research questions and entrepreneurship applications; for the latter, it serves as a primer and introduction to neuroscientific methods. Graduate students studying entrepreneurship, and practitioners who are keen to promote innovation and entrepreneurial skills in their leadership, will also find this Handbook to be of interest
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 173
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781782545569
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (456 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate governance and entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Unternehmensgründung ; KMU ; Corporate governance ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Entrepreneurship ; Corporate Governance
    Abstract: Contents: Part I Corporate governance and entrepreneurship as a research field -- 1. Corporate governance and entrepreneurship: Current states and future directions / Jonas Gabrielsson -- 2. Governance theory: Origins and implications for researching boards and governance in entrepreneurial firms / Jonas Gabrielsson and Morten Huse -- Part II Corporate governance in start-ups and early stage ventures -- 3. Advisory boards in entrepreneurial companies / Eythor Ivar Johnson -- 4. Top management team organization of high-tech venture firms: Structural arrangements and their potential consequences / Till Talaulicar -- 5. Research on board of directors in high-tech start-ups: An assessment and suggestions for future research -- Ekaterina S. Bjornali -- 6. Corporate governance in early stage high tech ventures: The impact of top management team and outside board human capital on innovation speed / Elien Vandenbroucke and Mirjam Knockaert -- 7. The effects of private equity investors on the governance of companies -- Stefano Bonini and Vincenzo Capizzi -- Part III Corporate governance in SMEs -- 8. Corporate governance practices in smaller privately held businesses - insights from the Rhine Valley region / Susanne Durst and Julia Brunold -- 9. Alliance governance in entrepreneurial firms: The influence of family control and organizational size / Daniel Pittino, Franscesca Visintin and Paola Mazzurana -- 10. Corporate governance and innovation in small entrepreneurial firms: The board chairperson's role / Daniel Yar Hamidi and Jonas Gabrielsson -- Part IV Corporate governance in fast growing firms and IPOs -- 11. An engagement theory of governance: The dynamics of governance structures in high growth, high potential firms / Teresa Nelson and Huseyin Leblebici -- 12. Founder status and defensive mechanisms at IPO: Evidence from French firms / Asma Fattoum and Frédéric Delmar -- 13. Corporate governance and accounting in small growing firms: A comparison of financial reporting and cost of debt across Gazelles and Non-Gazelles / Marita Blomkvist and Mari Paananen -- Part V Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship -- 14. Corporate governance and corporate entrepreneurship in different organisational forms / Elin Smith and Sven-Olof Collin -- 15. Corporate entrepreneurship in a large company - skunk works or guided evolution? / Seppo Laukkanen, Martin Lindell and Anssi Vanioki -- Index
    Abstract: Issues and challenges surrounding corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms remain relatively unexamined. The Handbook of Research on Corporate Governance and Entrepreneurship brings together leading academic experts within their specific fields to examine the most important issues surrounding corporate governance in various entrepreneurial settings, including start-ups, owner-managed firms, fast-growing firms and IPOs. The Handbook also considers how corporate governance and board leadership is associated with entrepreneurship and innovation in mature companies. Detailed chapters span a wide range of topics, methodologies and levels of analysis, all designed to contribute to advancements in the understanding of corporate governance in entrepreneurial firms. The Handbook begins with a succinct investigation into governance and entrepreneurship as a research field, followed by clearly delineated and thematic parts dedicated to different business settings. Key topics include governance in early stage, high-tech ventures and dynamics of governance structures in high-growth, high-potential firms. This innovative Handbook will provide fresh insights and unique practical perspectives for advanced students and academics in business management and entrepreneurship. Collectively, the chapters provide new insights into the topic across different organizational and geographical settings and offer guidance to practitioners and policy-makers working within these domains
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 174
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785362965
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (256 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research agendas
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als A research agenda for human resource management
    Keywords: Personalmanagement ; Personnel management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Introduction: The future research agenda for HRM / Paul Sparrow and Cary Cooper -- 2. HR Strategy, structure, and architecture / Dave Lepak, Kaifeng Jiang and Robert E. Ployhart -- 3. Talent management / David G. Collings, Anthony McDonnell and John McMackin -- 4. Using a risk-optimisation lens: Maximizing talent readiness for an uncertain future. / Wayne F. Cascio, John W. Boudreau and Allan H. Church -- 5. Managing the selection and retention of human capital resources / Robert E. Ployhart and Jason Kautz -- 6. Human resource management and employee engagement / Alan M. Saks and Jamie A. Gruman -- 7. Workplace well-being: responsibilities, challenges and future directions / Susan Cartwright -- 8. Leadership models: the future research agenda for HRM / Patrick C. Flood and Johan Coetsee -- 9. Architectures of value: moving leaders beyond analytics and big data / Anthony Hesketh -- 10. HRM and productivity / Paul Sparrow and Lilian Otaye-Ebede -- 11. 'We are not creative here!' -- Creativity and innovation for non-creatives through HRM / Helen Shipton, Veronica Lin, Karin Sanders and Huadong Yang -- 12. Globalisation and human resource management / Chris Brewster, Adam Smale and Wolfgang Mayrhofer -- Index.
    Abstract: Elgar Research Agendas outline the future of research in a given area. Leading scholars are given the space to explore their subject in provocative ways, and map out the potential directions of travel. They are relevant but also visionary. This state-of-the-art book takes a forward-looking perspective on the field of Human Resource Management (HRM). Each contribution takes a view, or position, on the likely development of the HR function, and identifies interesting areas and subjects of research that would help address this future positioning. The book's expert contributors provide short and succinct reviews of 12 key topics in strategic HRM, including HR strategy and structure, talent management, selection, assessment and retention, employee engagement, workplace well-being, leadership, HR analytics, productivity, innovation, and globalisation. Each chapter identifies the strengths and gaps in our knowledge, maps out the important intellectual boundaries for their field, and outlines current and future research agendas and how these should inform practice. In examining these strategic topics the authors point to the key interfaces between the field of HRM and cognate disciplines, enabling researchers and practitioners to understand the models and theories that help tie this agenda together. Offering a comprehensive guide to current research and pioneering perspectives for future avenues of inquiry, this Research Agenda will be essential reading for academics, practitioners and researchers in the field of HRM
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 175
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785369919
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar field guides
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Field guide to leadership development
    Keywords: Personalführung ; Leadership ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: 1. Preparing for the feast: the leadership development field guide -- Part I -- Relational based approaches -- 2. A practice-based approach to developing ethically responsible leaders / Donna Ladkin -- 3. COllegiate leadership competition: an opportunity for deliberate practice on the road to expertise / Scott Allen -- 4. Going for GOLD: leadership development through a quasi-non-executive board in the SME context / Stewart Barnes, Sue Smith and Steve Kempster: -- Part II -- Narrative-based approaches -- 5. Learning to lead: biographical inquiry through Goolsby Interviews / James Campbell Quick, Keri DeCay, Navadha Modha, and John L. Goolsby: -- 6. Leadership development using the poetic voice of care ethics / Andrew Armitage -- 7. Using Greek Mythology in leadership development - the role of archetypes for self-reflection / Doris Schedlitzki, Carol Jarvis and Janice MacInnes -- 8. Tents': constructing a narrative of leadership learning / Steve Kempster -- Part III -- Artefact based approaches -- 9. Leadership artefacts: a process of storytelling within newly formed groups. / Emma Watton and Phillipa Chapman -- 10. Leadership development through videography / Jon Billsberry -- 11. Multi-ethnic, contemporary and historical puppets / Arthur Turner -- 12. Seeing beyond the usual - the social photo matrix as an experiential method of leadership development / Wadii Serhane, Sigrid Endres and Jürgen Weibler -- Part IV -- Place-based approaches -- 13. Developing the practice of framing...softly, softly catchee monkey / Fiona Kennedy and Ralph Bathurst -- Part V -- Reflections on practice -- 14. Facing the monsters: embracing liminality in leadership development / Beverley Hawkins and Gareth Edwards -- 15. Leadership exchange: contextualised learning about how leadership is accomplished and personalised leadership development / Jonathan Gosling and Simon Western -- 16. Walking with wordsworth: exploring leadership as purpose through the prelude / Steve Kempster and Simon Bainbridge -- 17. Taking action on the grand leadership challenges: 'collaboratory' as leadership development / Steve Kempster, Mary Uhl-Bien and Eric Guthey -- Index.
    Abstract: This Field Guide offers a rich variety of academic approaches to facilitate leadership development in adults. It is an invaluable resource, giving insightful worked examples linked to theory and reflective commentary. The extensive experiences of world leading exponents of leadership development are distilled into practical application for immediate use. The Editors have selected a diverse range of approaches to leadership development which demonstrate the broad platform of techniques and methods that enable leadership in individuals and organisations to flourish. This Field Guide is embedded in theoretical and academic ideas but still provides accessible and comprehensive knowledge to development teams. Key points at the end of each chapter help the reader to adopt or translate the approaches for their own organisation and industrial context. This Field Guide will be an invaluable resource for human resource specialists, learning facilitators and trainers, and faculty heads. It will also appeal to leadership academics and postgraduate students, such as Masters students in business and psychology, and those focusing on careers in human resources and education
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 176
    ISBN: 9781788110396
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (128 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Decision making ; Business enterprises ; Persons ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Contents: The quake -- 1. Decisions -- 2. Individuals as decision makers -- 3. Organizations as decision makers -- 4. The consequences of decisions -- 5. Complex decision processes -- After the tsunami -- References -- Index.
    Abstract: Decision-making is an activity in which everyone is engaged on a more or less daily basis. In this book, Karin Brunsson and Nils Brunsson explore the intricacies of decision-making for individuals and organizations. When, how and why do they make decisions? The authors identify four distinct ways of reasoning that decision makers use. The consequences of decisions vary: some promote action, others impede it, and some produce more responsibility than others. With in-depth discussions of rationality, justifications and hypocrisy, the authors show how organizational and political decision processes become over-complicated and difficult for both decision makers and external observers to understand. Decisions is a concise and easy-to-read introduction to a highly significant and intriguing topic. Based on research from several fields, it provides useful reading and essential knowledge for scholars and students throughout the social sciences and for everyone who wants to understand their own decisions and those of others
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 177
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783473250
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Floyd, Steven W., 1950 - Handbook of middle management strategy process research
    RVK:
    Keywords: Mittleres Management ; Strategisches Management ; Middle managers ; Executives Training of ; Middle managers ; Electronic books ; Mittleres Management ; Führungskraft ; Abteilungsleiter
    Abstract: Contents: Part 1: -- The unit of analysis -- 1. The role of middle and top managers in the strategy process / Xavier Castañer and Howard Yu -- 2. Functions of the mezzanine / Anurag Sharma -- 3. Some middle managers are more influential than others: -- an approach for identifying strategic influence / Bill Wooldridge and Steven W. Floyd -- Part 2: -- Explorations of existing theory -- 4. The role of issue selling in effective strategy making / Susan J. Ashford, Madeline Ong, Gareth D. Keeves -- 5. Strategy-as-practice research on middle managers and sensemaking / Juila Balogun and Linda Rouleau -- 6. Middle managers' emotion management in strategy process / Quy Nguyen Huy and Yidi Guo -- 7. Middle managers : the lynchpins in the corporate entrepreneurship process / Donald F. Kuratko -- Part 3: -- Theoretical developments -- 8. Developing theory about the development of theory / Henry Mintzberg -- 9. Complex strategic integration at nike : strategy process and strategy-as-practice combined / Robert A. Burgelman -- 10. A conceptual framework of middle managers' strategic role flexibility / Ruifang Wang, Patrick T. Gibbons, Ciaran Heavey -- 11. Minztberg's pattern : Middle managers in polyphonic strategy process / Saku Mantere -- 12. Middle management engagement in strategic planning routines - a mindfulness perspective / Carola Wolf -- Part 4: -- Methodological alternatives -- 13. Middle management and strategy process : Toward a pluralistic theory of power / Torsten Schmid -- 14. Measuring the middle : the use of social network analysis in middle management research / David G. Cohen and Sudhir Nair -- 15. Choreographies we strategize by : using video methodology in the study of embodiment / Philip Gylfe -- Part 5: -- Empirical explorations -- 16. A psychological perspective on middle managers' strategic championing behavior / Nüfer Yasin Ates, Murat Tarakci, Yoojung Ahn, Steven W. Floyd and Bill Wooldridge -- 17. The knowledge brokering role of middle managers : the case of hybrid middle managers in a professionalalized organization / Graeme Currie and Nicola Burgess -- 18. Middle managers and corporate entrepreneurship : unpacking strategic roles and assessing performance implications / Johanna Mair -- 19. The interface of top and middle managers : taking stock and moving forward / Anneloes Raes and Koen van Vlijmen -- Index.
    Abstract: With contributions from some of the field's most influential scholars, this Handbook provides a path forward for students and researchers interested in strategy process research from a middle management perspective. This groundbreaking Handbook both reviews existing theory and explores new ground concerning key issues surrounding middle managers' influence on strategy making. Split into five distinct sections, the book explicates the unit of analysis and presents foundational theories, emerging models, cutting-edge methods, and original empirical research in strategy process research. Contributors with diverse theoretical and methodological perspectives identify and address a wide range of research issues relevant to middle managers' participation in strategy making, such as social network analysis and video methodology. Standout chapters include one on complex strategic integration by Robert A. Burgelman and one on the development of theory by Henry Mintzberg. This Handbook is a must-read for academics interested in strategy process research as it suggests novel research approaches for addressing relevant phenomena and provides an up-to-date review of the extant literature in the area
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 178
    ISBN: 9781785364624
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship
    DDC: 338/.04082
    Keywords: Entrepreneurship ; Weibliche Führungskräfte ; Entwicklungsländer ; Entrepreneurship ; Women in finance ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Entwicklungsländer ; Weibliche Führungskraft ; Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Contents: Part I -- Cross-Country Comparisons -- 1. Entrepreneurial ecosystems and growth of women's entrepreneurship / Tatiana S. Manolova, Candida G. Brush, Linda F. Edelman, Alicia Robb and Friederike Welter -- 2. Women entrepreneurship within the ASEAN economic community: challenges and opportunities / Ulrike Guelich and Siri Roland Xavier -- 3. Women's entrepreneurship in Latin America and the Caribbean: a multidimensional approach / Daniela Gimenez, Patricia Gabaldon and Cathrine Seierstad -- Part II -- Country Studies -- 4. Survived, but cannot prosper! Examining the impact of gender inequality on success of women-owned entrepreneurial ventures through a liberal feminist lens / Dev K. Dutta and R. Isil Yavuz -- 5. Assessing the relational embeddedness of women entrepreneurs in entrepreneurial ecosystems: a social network perspective / Xaver Neumeyer, Susana C. Santos and Julia Poncela-Casasnovas -- 6. Socio-economic background: a key element in understanding growth aspirations of women entrepreneurs in the tourism industry in Tanzania / Irene M. Lugalla, Luchien Karsten, and Clemens Lutz -- 7. Understanding motivation of women entrepreneurs in Ethiopia / Atsede T. Hailemariam, Brigitte Kroon and M.J.P.M. van Veldhoven -- 8. Exploring entrepreneurial finance and gender in an emergent entrepreneurial ecosystem: the case of the Punjab, northern India / Navjot Sandhu, Jonathan M. Scott, Jenny Gibb, Javed Ghulam Hussain, Michèle Akoorie and Paresha Sinha -- 9. Chilean entrepreneurial ecosystem: understanding the gender gap in entrepreneurial activity / José Ernesto Amorós and Vesna Mandakovic -- Part III -- Public Policy Implications -- 10. Gender equality in regional entrepreneurial ecosystems: the implementation of policy initiatives / Gry Agnete Alsos, Margrete Haugum and Elisabet Ljunggren -- 11. Women's entrepreneurship policy: a 13-nation cross country comparison / Colette Henry, Barbara Orser, Susan Coleman, Lene Foss and Friederike Welter -- Index.
    Abstract: The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book. The renowned group of international contributors to this volume provide analysis of where and how gender plays a role in the entrepreneurial ecosystem. Eleven essays examine how ecosystems influence women entrepreneurs and how women entrepreneurs influence their local ecosystems, both cross-nationally and through in-depth country studies. The studies build on rich qualitative and quantitative data from diverse contexts including the United States, Norway, India, Tanzania, Ethiopia, and Chile. A special section of the book examines national and regional policies in support of growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship. The contributions highlight the significant variety of entrepreneurial ecosystems around the world and provide valuable insights for promoting growth-oriented women's entrepreneurship at the local, regional, and country level. Academic researchers in the areas of entrepreneurship, management, business strategy, economic geography, and gender studies as well as policy-makers at the regional, national, and supra-national levels will all find something valuable in this illuminating book
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 179
    ISBN: 9781785364181
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (656 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Research handbooks in business and management series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on franchising
    DDC: 658.8/708
    Keywords: Franchising ; Franchises (Retail trade) ; Electronic books ; Franchising
    Abstract: Contents: in memoriam by Patrick Kaufmann -- Foreward by Francine Lafontaine -- 1. Research contributions to understanding franchising / Frank Hoy, Rozenn Perrigot and Andrew Terry -- Part I Entrepreneurship -- 2. Managing entrepreneurial tensions in franchise systems / Anna Watson and Lola Dada -- 3. Implications of family firms in franchising / Dianne H.B. Welsh and Frank Hoy -- 4. Autonomy in franchising / Odile Streed and Gérard Cliquet -- Part II -- Organizational Forms -- 5. A multi-national investigation of dual distribution structures in franchising / Brinja Meiseberg and Thomas Ehrmann -- 6. Exploring the growth of multi-unit franchising / Benjamin Lawrence, Cyril Pietrafesa and Patrick J. Kaufmann -- 7. The relationship between initial and ongoing fees in franchising: a meta-analysis / Farhad Sadeh and Manish Kacker -- Part III regulation -- 8. Franchising hard law and soft law / Robert W. Emerson -- 9. The obligation of good faith and its role in franchise regulation / Andrew Terry, Cary Di Lernia and Rozenn Perrigot -- Part IV Franchisor/franchisee relationships -- 10. Understanding antecedents of franchisee trust / Evelien Croonen -- 11. Franchisor-franchisee relationships / Lorelle Frazer and Anthony Grace -- 12. Knowledge transfer in franchising / Nina Gorovaia -- Part V marketing -- 13. Resale price maintenance in franchising: market coverage, company-owned stores, and retailer-dependence / Robert Stassen -- 14. E-commerce opportunities and challenges for franchise chains / Rozenn Perrigot, Guy Basset and Gérard Cliquet -- Part VI Internationalization -- 15. International franchising: optimal market selection / E. Hachemi Aliouche -- 16. Internationalization of franchise networks / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Josef Windsperger -- 17. Determinants of master international franchising / Maria Jell-Ojobor and Ilan Alon -- 18. International franchising: influences of environmental uncertainty and munificence on market entry timing / Melih Madanoglu and Gary J. Castrogiovanni -- Part VII Performance -- 19. Performance in franchising networks / Magali Chaudey and Muriel Fadairo -- 20. Retail network organizational design and financial performance / Karine Picot-Coupey, Jean-Laurent Viviani and Paul Amadieu -- Part VIII Emerging Markets -- 21. Franchising in Southeast Asia: prerequisites, progress and prospects / Andrew Terry and Marko Grünhagen -- 22. Franchising in Latin America / Muriel Fadairo and Cintya Lanchimba -- 23. An exploration of franchising in Africa / Rozenn Perrigot -- 24. The entrepreneur-franchisor in an emerging economy / Audhesh Paswan, María de los Dolores Santarriaga Pineda and Francisco Carlos Soto Ramirez -- Part IX Social Franchising -- 25. An introduction to social franchising / Anita Du Toit -- 26. The social franchise model: a systems approach of the dynamics of institutions and embeddedness in social franchise formation / Fiori A. Zafeiropoulou -- Index.
    Abstract: Franchising is one of the major engines of business expansion and job creation globally. The Handbook of Research on Franchising contains original work by leading franchise scholars from around the world who offer new insights into entrepreneurial behavior, organizational forms, regulation, internationalization and other contemporary issues relating to this dynamic business strategy. The book will provide readers with a base of knowledge about the entrepreneurial opportunities and behaviors of franchisors and franchisees as well as explore the forms that franchise organizations may take, the regulation of franchise companies, how franchisors and franchisees relate to one another, the development of the franchise model, franchising in emerging markets, social franchising and more. It introduces theory and sets the agenda for future research and adds to education and practice. Practitioners will benefit from the high quality scientific research, and scholars will find exciting opportunities for contributing to the body of knowledge on a subject that has not received sufficient attention. The research contained in this book will also be of value to franchisors, franchisees, service providers and government regulators
    Note: Includes index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 180
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781784718343
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (2,432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics series
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Recent developments in the economics of executive compensation
    Keywords: Managervergütung ; Executives Salaries, etc ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Steven N. Kaplan (2013), 'CEO Pay and Corporate Governance in the U.S.: Perceptions, Facts, and Challenges', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 25 (2), Spring, 8-25 -- John E. Core, Wayne R. Guay and David F. Larcker (2003), 'Executive Equity Compensation and Incentives: A Survey', Federal Reserve Bank of New York Economic Policy Review, 9 (1), April, 27-50 -- Brian J. Hall and Kevin J. Murphy (2003), 'The Trouble With Stock Options', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (3), Summer, 49-70 -- Arantxa Jarque (2008), 'CEO Compensation: Trends, Market Changes, and Regulation', Federal Reserve Bank of Richmond Economic Quarterly, 94 (3), Summer, 265-300 -- Carola Frydman and Dirk Jenter (2010), 'CEO Compensation', Annual Review of Financial Economics, 2 (1), December, 75-102 -- Michael Faulkender, Dalida Kadyrzhanova, N. Prabhala and Lemma Senbet (2010), 'Executive Compensation: An Overview of Research on Corporate Practices and Proposed Reforms', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 22 (1), Winter, 107-18 -- Lucian Bebchuk and Yaniv Grinstein (2005), 'The Growth of Executive Pay', Oxford Review of Economic Policy, 21 (2), Summer, 283-303 -- Xavier Gabaix and Augustin Landier (2008), 'Why Has CEO Pay Increased So Much?', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 123 (1), February, 49-100 -- Carola Frydman and Raven E. Saks (2010), 'Executive Compensation: A New View from a Long-Term Perspective, 1936-2005', Review of Financial Studies, 23 (5), May, 2099-138 -- Richard A. Lord and Yoshie Saito (2010), 'Trends in CEO Compensation and Equity Holdings for S&P 1500 Firms: 1994-2007', Journal of Applied Finance, 20 (2), 40-56 -- Martin J. Conyon, John E. Core and Wayne R. Guay (2011), 'Are U.S. CEOs Paid More Than U.K. CEOs? Inferences from Risk-adjusted Pay', Review of Financial Studies, 24 (2), February, 402-38 -- Nuno Fernandes, Miguel A. Ferreira, Pedro Matos and Kevin J. Murphy (2013), 'Are U.S. CEOs Paid More? New International Evidence', Review of Financial Studies, 26 (2), February, 323-67 -- Xavier Gabaix, Augustin Landier and Julien Sauvagnat (2014), 'CEO Pay and Firm Size: An Update After the Crisis', Economic Journal, 124 (574), February, F40-F59 -- Eli Ofek and David Yermack (2000), 'Taking Stock: Equity-Based Compensation and the Evolution of Managerial Ownership', Journal of Finance, LV (3), June, 1367-84 -- Brian J. Hall and Kevin J. Murphy (2000), 'Optimal Exercise Prices for Executive Stock Options', American Economic Review, 90 (2), May, 209-14 -- Anil Arya and Brian Mittendorf (2005), 'Offering Stock Options to Gauge Managerial Talent', Journal of Accounting and Economics, 40 (1-3), December, 189-210 -- Bo Becker (2006), 'Wealth and Executive Compensation', Journal of Finance, LXI (1), February, 379-97 -- Jayant R. Kale, Ebru Reis and Anand Venkateswaran (2010), 'Promotion Incentives and Corporate Performance: Is There a Bright Side to "Overpaying" the CEO?', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 22 (1), Winter, 119-28 -- Radhakrishnan Gopalan, Todd Milbourn, Fenghua Song and Anjan V. Thakor (2014), 'Duration of Executive Compensation', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2777-817.
    Abstract: Lucian A. Bebchuk and Robert J. Jackson, Jr. (2005), 'Executive Pensions', Journal of Corporation Law, 30 (4), 823-55 -- Lucian A. Bebchuk, K.J. Martijn Cremers and Urs C. Peyer (2011), 'The CEO Pay Slice', Journal of Financial Economics, 102 (1), October, 199-221 -- Zhihong Chen, Yuan Huang and K.C. John Wei (2005), 'Executive Pay Disparity and the Cost of Equity Capital', Journal of Financial and Quantitative Analysis, 48 (3), June, 849-85 -- Omesh Kini and Ryan Williams (2012), 'Tournament Incentives, Firm Risk, and Corporate Policies', Journal of Financial Economics, 103 (2), February, 350-76 -- Steven N. Kaplan and Joshua Rauh (2013), 'It's the Market: The Broad-Based Rise in the Return to Top Talent', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 27 (3), Summer, 35-55 -- Olubunmi Faleye, Ebru Reis and Anand Venkateswaran (2013), 'The Determinants and Effects of CEO-Employee Pay Ratios', Journal of Banking and Finance, 37 (8), August, 3258-72 -- Kevin J. Murphy (2002), 'Explaining Executive Compensation: Managerial Power versus the Perceived Cost of Stock Options', University of Chicago Law Review, 69 (3), Summer, 847-69 -- Lucian Arye Bebchuk and Jesse M. Fried (2003), 'Executive Compensation as an Agency Problem', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (3), Summer, 71-92 -- Marianne Bertrand and Sendhil Mullainathan (2000), 'Agents With and Without Principals', American Economic Review, 90 (2), May, 203-8 -- Jay C. Hartzell and Laura T. Starks (2003), 'Institutional Investors and Executive Compensation', Journal of Finance, LVIII (6), December, 2351-74 -- Vidhi Chhaochharia and Yaniv Grinstein (2009), 'CEO Compensation and Board Structure', Journal of Finance, LXIV (1), February, 231-61 -- Henrik Cronqvist and Rüdiger Fahlenbrach (2013), 'CEO Contract Design: How do Strong Principals Do It?', Journal of Financial Economics, 108 (3), June, 659-74 -- Marianne Bertrand and Sendhil Mullainathan (2003), 'Enjoying the Quiet Life? Corporate Governance and Managerial Preferences', Journal of Political Economy, 111 (5), October, 1043-75 -- Martin J. Conyon (2014), 'Executive Compensation and Board Governance in US Firms', Economic Journal, 124 (574), February, F60-F89 -- Lucian A. Bebchuk and Jesse M. Fried (2005), 'Pay Without Performance: Overview of the Issues', Journal of Corporation Law, 30 (4), Summer, 647-73 -- John E. Core, Wayne R. Guay and Randall S. Thomas (2005), 'Is U.S. CEO Compensation Inefficient Pay Without Performance?', Michigan Law Review, 103, May, 1142-85 -- Adair Morse, Vikram Nanda and Amit Seru (2011), 'Are Incentive Contracts Rigged by Powerful CEOs?', Journal of Finance, LXVI (5), October, 1779-821 -- Alex Edmans and Xavier Gabaix (2009), 'Is CEO Pay Really Inefficient? A Survey of New Optimal Contracting Theories', European Financial Management, 15 (3), June, 486-96 -- Richard T. Holden (2005), 'The Original Management Incentive Schemes', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 19 (4), Fall, 135-44.
    Abstract: Patrick Bolton, Hamid Mehran and Joel Shapiro (2010), 'Executive Compensation and Risk Taking', Federal Reserve Bank of New York, Staff Report No. 456, June, i, 1-43 -- Jennifer N. Carpenter (2000), 'Does Option Compensation Increase Managerial Risk Appetite?', Journal of Finance, LV (5), October, 2311-31 -- Stephen A. Ross (2004), 'Compensation, Incentives, and the Duality of Risk Aversion and Riskiness', Journal of Finance, LIX (1), February, 207-25 -- Jeffrey L. Coles, Naveen D. Daniel and Lalitha Naveen (2006), 'Managerial Incentives and Risk-Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 79 (2), February, 431-68 -- John McCormack and Judy Weiker (2010), 'Rethinking "Strength of Incentives" for Executives of Financial Institutions', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 22 (3), Summer, 65-72 -- Zhiyong Dong, Cong Wang and Fei Xie (2010), 'Do Executive Stock Options Induce Excessive Risk Taking?', Journal of Banking and Finance, 34 (10), October, 2518-29 -- Neil Brisley (2006), 'Executive Stock Options: Early Exercise Provisions and Risk-taking Incentives', Journal of Finance, LXI (5), October, 2487-509 -- George J. Benston and Jocelyn D. Evan (2006), 'Performance Compensation Contracts and CEOs' Incentive to Shift Risk to Debtholders: An Empirical Analysis', Journal of Economics and Finance, 30 (1), Spring, 70-92 -- Cory A. Cassell, Shawn X. Huang, Juan Manuel Sanchez and Michael D. Stuart (2012) , 'Seeking Safety: The Relation Between CEO Inside Debt Holding and the Riskiness of Firm Investment and Financial Policies', Journal of Financial Economics, 103 (3), March, 588-610 -- Yixin Liu, David C. Mauer and Yilei Zhang (2014), 'Firm Cash Holdings and CEO Inside Debt', Journal of Banking and Finance, 42, May, 83-100 -- Divya Anantharaman, Vivian W. Fang and Guojin Gong (2014), 'Inside Debt and the Design of Corporate Debt Contracts', Management Science, 60 (5), May, 1260-80 -- Efraim Benmelech, Eugene Kandel and Pietro Veronesi (2010), 'Stock-Based Compensation and CEO (Dis)incentives', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 125 (4), November, 1769-820 -- Patrick Bolton, José Scheinkman and Wei Xiong (2006), 'Executive Compensation and Short-Termist Behaviour in Speculative Markets', Review of Economic Studies, 73 (3), July, 577-610 -- Henrik Cronqvist, Fredrik Heyman, Mattias Nilsson, Helena Svaleryd and Jonas Vlachos (2008), 'Do Entrenched Managers Pay Their Workers More?', Journal of Finance, LXIV (1), February, 309-39 -- Ronald W. Masulis and Syed Walid Reza (2014), 'Agency Problems of Corporate Philanthropy', Review of Financial Studies, 28 (2), February, 592-636 -- Tom Nohel and Steven Todd (2004), 'Stock Options and Managerial Incentives to Invest', Journal of Derivatives Accounting, 1 (1), March, 29-46 -- Ulrike Malmendier and Geoffrey Tate (2005), 'CEO Overconfidence and Corporate Investment', Journal of Finance, LX (6), December, 2661-700 -- Ulrike Malmendier and Geoffrey Tate (2008), 'Who Makes Acquisitions? CEO Overconfidence and the Market's Reaction', Journal of Financial Economics, 89 (1), July, 20-43 -- Jie Cai and Anand M. Vijh (2007), 'Incentive Effects of Stock and Option Holdings of Target and Acquirer CEOs', Journal of Finance, LXII (4), August, 1891-933.
    Abstract: Eliezer M. Fich, Jie Cai and Anh L. Tran (2011), 'Stock Option Grants to Target CEOs During Private Merger Negotiations', Journal of Financial Economics, 101 (2), May, 413-30 -- Yixin Liu and David C. Mauer (2011), 'Corporate Cash Holdings and CEO Compensation Incentives', Journal of Financial Economics, 102 (1), October, 183-98 -- Hernan Ortiz-Molina (2006), 'Top Management Incentives and the Pricing of Corporate Public Debt', Journal of Financial and Quantitative Analysis, 41 (2), June, 317-40 -- Katharina Lewellen (2006), 'Financing Decisions When Managers Are Risk Averse', Journal of Financial Economics, 82 (3), December, 551-89 -- Hernan Ortiz-Molina (2007), 'Executive Compensation and Capital Structure: The Effects of Convertible Debt and Straight Debt on CEO Pay', Journal of Accounting and Economics, 43 (1), March, 69-93 -- Paul Brockman, Xiumin Martin and Emre Unlu (2010), 'Executive Compensation and the Maturity Structure of Corporate Debt', Journal of Finance, LXV (3), June, 1123-61 -- Sudheer Chava, Praveen Kumar and Arthur Warga (2010), 'Managerial Agency and Bond Covenants', Review of Financial Studies, 23 (3), March, 1120-48 -- J. Carr Bettis, John M. Bizjak and Michael L. Lemmon (2005), 'Exercise Behavior, Valuation, and the Incentive Effects of Employee Stock Options', Journal of Financial Economics, 76 (2), May, 445-70 -- David Aboody, John Hughes, Jing Liu and Wei Su (2008), 'Are Executive Stock Option Exercises Driven by Private Information?', Review of Accounting Studies, 13 (4), December, 551-70 -- Robert Brooks, Don M. Chance and Brandon Cline (2012), 'Private Information and the Exercise of Executive Stock Options', Financial Management, 41 (3), Fall, 733-64 -- Jennifer N. Carpenter, Richard Stanton and Nancy Wallace (2010), 'Optimal Exercise of Executive Stock Options and Implications for Firm Cost', Journal of Financial Economics, 98 (2), November, 315-37 -- Daniel Bergstresser and Thomas Philippon (2006), 'CEO Incentives and Earnings Management', Journal of Financial Economics, 80 (3), June, 511-29 -- Keith J. Crocker and Joel Slemrod (2007), 'The Economics of Earnings Manipulation and Managerial Compensation', RAND Journal of Economics, 38 (3), Autumn, 698-713 -- Christopher S. Armstrong, Alan D. Jagolinzer and David F. Larcker (2010), 'Chief Executive Officer Equity Incentives and Accounting Irregularities', Journal of Accounting Research, 48 (2), May, 225-71 -- Lin Peng and Ailsa Röell (2014), 'Managerial Incentives and Stock Price Manipulation', Journal of Finance, LXIX (2), April, 487-526 -- Randall A. Heron and Erik Lie (2007), 'Does Backdating Explain the Stock Price Pattern Around Executive Stock Option Grants?', Journal of Financial Economics, 83 (2), February, 271-95 -- M.P. Narayanan and H. Nejat Seyhun (2008), 'The Dating Game: Do Managers Designate Option Grant Dates to Increase their Compensation?', Review of Financial Studies, 21 (5), September, 1907-45 -- M.P. Narayanan, Cindy A. Schipani and H. Nejat Seyhun (2007), 'The Economic Impact of Backdating of Executive Stock Options', Michigan Law Review, 105 (8), June, 1597-641 -- Jesse M. Fried (2008), 'Option Backdating and Its Implications', Washington and Lee Law Review, 65, 853-86.
    Abstract: Don M. Chance and Tung-Hsiao Yang (2005), 'The Utility-Based Valuation and Cost of Executive Stock Options in a Binomial Framework: Issues and Methodologies', Journal of Derivatives Accounting, 2 (2), September, 165-88 -- Jie Cai and Anand M. Vijh (2005), 'Executive Stock and Option Valuation in a Two State-Variable Framework', Journal of Derivatives, Spring, 9-27 -- Jonathan E. Ingersoll, Jr. (2006), 'The Subjective and Objective Evaluation of Incentive Stock Options', Journal of Business, 79 (2), 453-87 -- Ronnie Sircar and Wei Xiong (2007), 'A General Framework for Evaluating Executive Stock Options', Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 31 (7), July, 2317-49 -- Jakša Cvitanić, Zvi Wiener and Fernando Zapatero (2008), 'Analytic Pricing of Employee Stock Options', Review of Financial Studies, 21 (2), April, 683-724 -- Jonathan E. Ingersoll, Jr. (2006), 'Valuing Reload Options', Review of Derivatives Research, 9 (1), January, 67-105 -- L.C.G. Rogers and José Scheinkman (2007), 'Optimal Exercise of Executive Stock Options', Finance and Stochastics, 11 (3), July, 357-72 -- Frank D. Hodge, Shiva Rajgopal and Terry Shevlin (2009), 'Do Managers Value Stock Options and Restricted Stock Consisted with Economic Theory?', Contemporary Accounting Research, 26 (3), Fall, 899-932.
    Abstract: This essential research review discusses the most important articles on executive compensation published in the twenty-first century. Beginning with an overview of executive compensation, this comprehensive review includes analyses of the growth and magnitude of executive compensation, its relationship with corporate governance, pay and performance, managing assets, and managing liabilities
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 181
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785366246
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,520 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 326
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of food security
    DDC: 338.19
    Keywords: Food security ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Professor Jha and Professor Gaiha address important issues of food security in their wide-ranging selection of the most influential published contributions in this area of study. Their comprehensive, original research review discusses each article and places it within the context of twelve distinct themes, from which emerges a cogent view of the developing scholarly literature in this area and of the challenges that still remain. This Research Review analyses major landmark contributions in food security and will thus be of interest to all academics, policymakers, international organizations and students working in this area
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 182
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785360589
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (3 v. (2,608 p.))) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics 327
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of sovereign debt
    Keywords: Öffentliche Schulden ; Wirtschaftswissenschaft ; Debts, Public ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Robert J. Barro (1974), 'Are Government Bonds Net Wealth?', Journal of Political Economy, 82 (6), November-December, 1095-117 -- Robert J. Barro (1979), 'On the Determination of the Public Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (5, Part 1), October, 940-71 -- Martin Feldstein (1985), 'Debt and Taxes in the Theory of Public Finance', Journal of Public Economics, 28 (2), November, 233-45 -- Jonathan Eaton and Mark Gersovitz (1981), 'Debt with Potential Repudiation: Theoretical and Empirical Analysis', Review of Economic Studies, XLVII (2), April, 289-309 -- Jonathan Eaton, Mark Gersovitz and Joseph E. Stiglitz (1986), 'The Pure Theory of Country Risk', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 481-513 -- Herschel I. Grossman and John B. Van Huyck, (1988), 'Sovereign Debt as a Contingent Claim: Excusable Default, Repudiation, and Reputation', American Economic Review, 78 (5), December, 1088-97 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'Sovereign Debt: Is to Forgive to Forget?', American Economic Review, 79 (1), March, 43-50 -- Jeremy Bulow and Kenneth Rogoff (1989), 'A Constant Recontracting Model of Sovereign Debt', Journal of Political Economy, 97 (1), February, 155-78 -- Harold L. Cole and Patrick J. Kehoe (1998), 'Models of Sovereign Debt: Partial Versus General Reputations', International Economic Review, 39 (1), February, 55-70 -- Kenneth M. Kletzer and Brian D. Wright (2000), 'Sovereign Debt as Intertemporal Barter', American Economic Review, 90 (3), June, 621-39 -- John M. Veitch (1986), 'Repudiations and Confiscations by the Medieval State', Journal of Economic History, 46 (1), March, 31-6 -- J. Bradford De Long and Andrei Shleifer (1993), 'Princes and Merchants: European City Growth Before the Industrial Revolution', Journal Of Law and Economics, XXXVI (2), October, 671-702 -- James Conklin (1998), 'The Theory of Sovereign Debt and Spain under Philip II', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (3), June, 483-513 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2010), 'The Sustainable Debts of Philip II: A Reconstruction of Castile's Fiscal Position, 1566-1596', Journal of Economic History, 70 (4), December, 813-42 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Lending to the Borrower from Hell: Debt and Default in the Age of Philip II', Economic Journal, 121 (557), December, 1205-27, technical appendix -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2011), 'Serial Defaults, Serial Profits: Returns to Sovereign Lending in Habsburg Spain, 1566-1600', Explorations in Economic History, 48 (1), January, 1-19 -- Mauricio Drelichman and Hans-Joachim Voth (2015), 'Risk Sharing with the Monarch: Contingent Debt and Excusable Defaults in the Age of Philip II, 1556-1598', Cliometrica, 9 (1), January, 49-75 -- Earl J. Hamilton (1947), 'Origin and Growth of the National Debt in Western Europe', American Economic Review, 37 (2), May, 118-30 -- David R. Weir (1989), 'Tontines, Public Finance, and Revolution in France and England, 1688-1789', Journal of Economic History, 49 (1), March, 95-124.
    Abstract: Douglass C. North and Barry R. Weingast (1989), 'Constitutions and Commitment: The Evolution of Institutional Governing Public Choice in Seventeenth-Century England', Journal of Economic History, XLIX (4), December, 803-32 -- David Stasavage (2002), 'Credible Commitment in Early Modern Europe: North and Weingast Revisited', Journal of Law Economics and Organization, 18 (1), April, 155-86 -- Kenneth A. Schultz and Barry R. Weingast (2003), 'The Democratic Advantage: Institutional Foundations of Financial Power in International Competition', International Organization, 57 (1), Winter, 3-42 -- Sebastian M. Saiegh (2005), 'Do Countries Have a 'Democratic Advantage"?: Political Institutions, Multilateral Agencies, and Sovereign Borrowing', Comparative Political Studies, 38 (4), May, 366-87 -- David Stasavage (2007), 'Cities, Constitutions, and Sovereign Borrowing in Europe, 1274-1785', International Organization, 61 (3), July, 489-525 -- Candace C. Archer, Glen Biglaiser and Karl DeRouen Jr. (2007), 'Sovereign Bonds and the 'Democratic Advantage": Does Regime Type Affect Credit Rating Agency Ratings in the Developing World?', International Organization, 61 (2), April, 341-65 -- Glen Biglaiser and Joseph L. Staats (2012), 'Finding the 'Democratic Advantage" in Sovereign Bond Ratings: The Importance of Strong Courts, Property Rights Protection, and the Rule of Law', International Organization, 66 (3), July, 515-35 -- Emanuel Kohlscheen (2007), 'Why Are There Serial Defaulters? Evidence from Constitutions', Journal of Law and Economics, 50 (4), November, 713-30 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo and Leonardo Martinez (2010), 'The Politics of Sovereign Defaults', Economic Quarterly, 96 (3), Third Quarter, 291-317 -- Atif Mian, Amir Sufi and Francesco Trebbi (2014), 'Resolving Debt Overhangs: Political Constraints in the Aftermath of Financial Crises', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 6 (2), April, 1-28 -- Mark Dincecco (2010), 'The Political Economy of Fiscal Prudence in Historical Perspective', Economics and Politics, 22 (1), March, 1-36 -- Michael D. Bordo (1999), 'International Rescues versus Bailouts: A Historical Perspective', Cato Journal, 18 (3), Winter, 363-75 -- John Joseph Wallis (2000), 'American Government Finance in the Long Run: 1790 to 1990', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 14 (1), Winter, 61-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Vincent R. Reinhart (2015), 'Financial Crises, Development, and Growth: A Long-Term Perspective', World Bank Economic Review, Annual Bank Conference on Development Economics 'The Role of Theory in Development Economics" June 2-3, 2014 Washington D.C., 29 (Supplement 1), April, S57-S76 -- Carmen M. Reinhart, Vincent R. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2012), 'Public Debt Overhangs: Advanced-Economy Episodes Since 1800', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 69-86 -- Moritz Schularick and Alan M. Taylor (2012), 'Credit Booms Gone Bust: Monetary Policy, Leverage Cycles, and Financial Crises, 1870-2008', American Economic Review, 102 (2), April, 1029-61 -- Michael D. Bordo and Eugene N. White (1991), 'A Tale of Two Currencies: British and French Finance During the Napoleonic Wars', Journal of Economic History, 51 (2), June, 303-16 -- Marc Flandreau and Juan H. Flores (2009), 'Bonds and Brands: Foundations of Sovereign Debt Markets, 1820-1830', Journal of Economic History, 69 (3), September, 646-84 -- Gerardo della Paolera and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Sovereign Debt in Latin America, 1820-1913', Revista de Historia Económica/Journal of Iberian and Latin American Economic History, 31 (2), September, 173-217.
    Abstract: Richard Sicotte, Catalina Vizcarra and Kirsten Wandschneider (2010), 'Military Conquest and Sovereign Debt: Chile, Peru and the London Bond Market, 1876-1890', Cliometrica, 4 (3), October, 293-319 -- Marc D. Weidenmier (2005), 'Gunboats, Reputation, and Sovereign Repayment: Lessons from the Southern Confederacy', Journal of International Economics, 66 (2), July, 407-22 -- Michael D. Bordo and Hugh Rockoff (1992), 'The Gold Standard as a 'Good Housekeeping Seal of Approval"', Journal of Economic History, 56 (2), June, 389-428 -- Niall Ferguson and Moritz Schularick (2006), 'The Empire Effect: The Determinants of Country Risk in the First Age of Globalization, 1880-1913', Journal of Economic History, 66 (2), June, 283-312 -- Theodore Roosevelt (1904) 'President Theodore Roosevelt's Annual Message to Congress', delivered December 6th, 1904 -- Kris Mitchener and Marc Weidenmier (2005), 'Empire, Public Goods, and the Roosevelt Corollary', Journal of Economic History, 65 (3), September, 658-92 -- Kris James Mitchener and Marc D. Weidenmier (2010), 'Supersanctions and Sovereign Debt Repayment', Journal of International Money and Finance, 29 (1), February, 19-36 -- Barry Eichengreen and Ricardo Hausmann (1999) 'Exchange Rates and Financial Fragility' in Federal Reserve Bank of Kansas City (eds.), New Challenges for Monetary Policy, 329-68 -- Michael D. Bordo and Christopher M. Meissner (2006), 'The Role of Foreign Currency Debt in Financial Crises: 1880-1913 versus 1972-1997', Journal of Banking and Finance, 30 (12), December, 3299-329 -- Lyndon Moore and Jakub Kaluzny (2005), 'Regime Change and Debt Default: The Case of Russia, Austro-Hungary, and the Ottoman Empire following World War One', Explorations in Economic History, 42 (2), April, 237-58 -- Kim Oosterlinck and John S. Landon-Lane (2006), 'Hope Springs Eternal - French Bondholders and the Soviet Repudiation (1915-1919)', Review of Finance, 10 (4), 507-35 -- Barry Eichengreen and Richard Portes (1986), 'Debt and Default in the 1930s: Causes and Consequences', European Economic Review, 30 (3), June, 599-640 -- Barry Eichengreen (1991), 'Historical Research on International Lending and Debt', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 5 (2), Spring, 149-69 -- Peter Boone and Simon Johnson (2014), 'Forty Years of Leverage: What Have We Learned About Sovereign Debt?', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 266-71 -- Paolo Manasse and Nouriel Roubini (2009), ''Rules for Thumb' for Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of International Economics, 78 (2), July, 192-205 -- Bergljot Barkbu, Barry Eichengreen and Ashoka Mody (2012), 'Financial Crises and the Multilateral Response: What the Historical Record Shows', Journal of International Economics, 88 (2), November, 422-35 -- Allan H. Meltzer (1984), 'The International Debt Problem', Cato Journal, 4 (1), Sping/Summer, 63-9 -- Jeffrey Sachs (1986), 'Managing the LDC Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 397-431 -- Jeffrey Sachs and Harry Huizinga (1987), 'U.S. Commercial Banks and the Developing-Country Debt Crisis', Brookings Paper on Economic Activity, No. 2, 555-601.
    Abstract: Jeremy Bulow (2002), 'First World Governments and Third World Debt', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, No. 1, 229-55 -- Allan H. Meltzer (2004), 'Argentina 2002: A Case of Government Failure', Cato Journal, 23 (1), Spring/Summer, 29-31 -- Eugenio Andrea Bruno (2006), 'The Failure of Debt-Based Development: Lessons from Argentina', Cato Journal, 26 (2), Spring/Summer, 357-65 -- Juan Carlos Hatchondo, Leonardo Martinez and Horacio Sapriza (2007), 'The Economics of Sovereign Default', Economic Quarterly, 93 (2), Spring, 163-87 -- Ugo Panizza, Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2009), 'The Economics and Law of Sovereign Debt and Default', Journal of Economic Literature, 47 (3), September, 651-98 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2013), 'Empirical Research on Debt and Default', Annual Review of Economics, 5, August, 247-72 -- Fernando Broner, Alberto Martin and Jaume Ventura (2010), 'Sovereign Risk and Secondary Markets', American Economic Review, 100 (4), September, 1523-55 -- Michael Tomz and Mark L. J. Wright (2007), 'Do Countries Default in 'Bad Times'?', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 352-60 -- Edward I. Altman and Herbert A. Rijken (2011), 'Toward a Bottom-Up Approach to Assessing Sovereign Default Risk', Journal of Applied Corporate Finance, 23 (1), Winter, 20-31 -- Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2008), 'Haircuts: Estimating Investor Losses in Sovereign Debt Restructurings, 1998-2005', Journal of International Money and Finance, 27 (5), September, 780-805 -- Juan J. Cruces and Christoph Trebesch (2013), 'Sovereign Defaults: The Price of Haircuts', American Economic Journal: Macroeconomics, 5 (3), July, 85-117 -- Miguel Fuentes and Diego Saravia (2010), 'Sovereign Defaulters: Do International Capital Markets Punish Them?', Journal of Development Economics, 91 (2), March, 336-47 -- Eduardo Levy Yeyati and Ugo Panizza (2011), 'The Elusive Costs of Sovereign Defaults', Journal of Development Economics, 94 (1), January, 95-105 -- Alberto Alesina and David Dollar (2000), 'Who Gives Foreign Aid to Whom and Why?', Journal of Economic Growth, 5 (1), March, 33-63 -- Alberto Alesina and Beatrice Weder (2002), 'Do Corrupt Governments Receive Less Foreign Aid?', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 1126-37 -- Craig Burnside and David Dollar (2000), 'Aid, Policies and Growth', American Economic Review, 90 (4), September, 847-68 -- Robert J. Barro and Jong-Wha Lee (2005), 'IMF Programs: Who is Chosen and What Are the Effects?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 52 (7), October, 1245-69 -- William Easterly (2002), 'How Did Heavily Indebted Poor Countries Become Heavily Indebted? Reviewing Two Decades of Debt Relief', World Development, 30 (10), October, 1677-96 -- Serkan Arslanalp and Peter Blair Henry (2005), 'Is Debt Relief Efficient?', Journal of Finance, LX (2), April, 1017-51.
    Abstract: Federico Sturzenegger and Jeromin Zettelmeyer (2007), 'Creditors' Losses Versus Debt Relief: Results From a Decade of Sovereign Debt Crises', Journal of the European Economic Association, 5 (2-3), April-May, 343-51 -- Rutsel Silvestre J. Martha (1990), 'Preferred Creditor Status under International Law: The Case of the International Monetary Fund', International and Comparative Law Quarterly, 39 (4), October, 801-26 -- Raghuram G. Rajan (2005), 'Institutional Reform and Sovereign Debt Crises', Cato Journal, 25 (1), Winter, 17-24 -- Nouriel Roubini and Jeffrey Sachs (1989), 'Government Spending and Budget Deficits in the Industrial Countries', Economic Policy, 4 (8), April, 99-132 -- Marina Azzimonti, Eva de Francisco and Vincenzo Quadrini (2014), 'Financial Globalization, Inequality, and the Rising Public Debt', American Economic Review, 104 (8), August, 2267-302 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739 -- Mark Aguiar, Manuel Amador, Emmanuel Farhi and Gita Gopinath (2014), 'Sovereign Debt Booms in Monetary Unions', American Economic Review: Papers and Proceedings, 104 (5), May, 101-6 -- Laurence J. Kotlikoff (2004), 'Fiscal Policy and the Future of the Euro', Cato Journal, 24 (1-2), Spring/Summer, 51-5 -- Jerome L. Stein (2011), 'The Diversity of Debt Crises in Europe', Cato Journal, 31 (2), Spring/Summer, 199-215 -- Philip R. Lane (2012), 'The European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 26 (3), Summer, 49-67 -- Kevin H. O'Rourke and Alan M. Taylor (2013), 'Cross of Euros', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 27 (3), March, 167-91 -- John Beirne and Marcel Fratzscher (2013), 'The Pricing of Sovereign Risk and Contagion During the European Sovereign Debt Crisis', Journal of International Money and Finance, 34, April, 60-82 -- Carmen M. Reinhart and Kenneth S. Rogoff (2010), 'Growth in a Time of Debt', American Economic Review, 100 (2), May, 573-78 -- Thomas Herndon, Michael Ash and Robert Pollin (2014), 'Does High Public Debt Consistently Stifle Economic Growth? A Critique of Reinhart and Rogoff', Cambridge Journal of Economics, 38 (2), December, 257-79 -- Ugo Panizza and Andrea F. Presbitero (2013), 'Public Debt and Economic Growth in Advanced Economies: A Survey', Swiss Journal of Economics in Statistics, 149 (2), 175-204 -- Anja Baum, Cristina Checherita-Westphal and Philipp Rother (2013), 'Debt and Growth: New Evidence from the Euro Area', Journal of International Money and Finance, 32, February, 809-21 -- Alan J. Auerbach, Jagadeesg Gokhale and Laurence J. Kotlikoff (1994), 'Generating Accounting: A Meaningful Way to Evaluate Fiscal Policy', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 8 (1), Winter, 73-94 -- Pierre Lemieux (2013), 'American and European Welfare States: Similar Causes, Similar Effects', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 227-32 -- Michael Tanner (2013), 'Is America Becoming Greece?', Cato Journal, 33 (2), Spring/Summer, 211-25.
    Abstract: John H. Cochrane (2011), 'Inflation and Debt', National Affairs, Fall, 56-78 -- Carmen Reinhart and M. Belen Sbrancia (2015), 'The Liquidation of Government Debt', Economic Policy, 30 (82), April, 291-333 -- James M. Buchanan (1986), 'The Ethics of Debt Default', in James M. Buchanan, Charles K. Rowley and Robert D. Tollison (eds.), Deficit, Oxford, UK: Basil Blackwell, 361-73 -- Geoffrey Brennan and Giuseppe Eusepi (2002), 'The Dubious Ethics of Debt Default', Public Finance Review, 30 (6), November, 546-61 -- Seema Jayachandran and Michael Kremer (2006), 'Odious Debt', American Economic Review, 96 (1), March, 82-92 -- Albert H. Choi and Eric A. Posner (2007), 'A Critique of the Odious Debt Doctrine', Law and Contemporary Problems, 70 (3), Summer, 33-51 -- Nouriel Roubini (2002), 'Do We Need a New Bankruptcy Regime?', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1, 321-33 -- Andrei Shleifer (2003), 'Will the Sovereign Debt Market Survive?', American Economic Review, 93 (2), May, 85-90 -- Rohan Pitchford and Mark L. J. Wright (2012), 'Holdouts in Sovereign Debt Restructuring: A Theory of Negotiation in a Weak Contractual Environment', Review of Economic Studies, 79 (2), April, 812-37 -- Robert W. Kolb (2015), 'The Virtue of Vultures: Distressed Debt Investors in the Sovereign Debt Market', Journal of Social, Political, and Economic Studies, 40 (4), Winter, 368-412.
    Abstract: This extensive research review discusses more than one hundred of the very best and most influential scholarly articles on the sovereign debt of central governments around the world. It examines discussions of the debt of many emerging nations as well as the largest sovereign debtors in the world thus providing a thorough understanding of sovereign debt as seen by the best economists from around the world. This research review is an essential tool to libraries, academic institutions, economic scholars and students alike
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 183
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784719548
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,664 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: The international library of critical writings in economics 320
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Keywords: Bankenregulierung ; Corporate Governance ; Bankmanagement ; Financial institutions Management ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Douglas W. Diamond and Philip H. Dybvig (1983), 'Bank Runs, Deposit Insurance, and Liquidity', Journal of Political Economy, 91 (3), June, 401-19 -- Stephen A. Buser, Andrew H. Chen and Edward J. Kane (1981), 'Federal Deposit Insurance, Regulatory Policy, and Optimal Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, XXXVI (1), March, 51-60 -- Michael C. Keeley (1990), 'Deposit Insurance, Risk, and Market Power in Banking', American Economic Review, 80 (5), December, 1183-200 -- Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Enrica Detragiache (2002), 'Does Deposit Insurance Increase Banking System Stability? An Empirical Investigation', Journal of Monetary Economics, 49 (7), October, 1373-406 -- Michael Koehn and Anthony M. Santomero (1980), 'Regulation of Bank Capital and Portfolio Risk', Journal of Finance, XXXV (5), December, 1235-44 -- Daesik Kim and Anthony M. Santomero (1988), 'Risk in Banking and Capital Regulation', Journal of Finance, XLIII (5), December, 1219-33 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Capital', Journal of Finance, LV (6), 2431-65 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Raghuram G. Rajan (1994), 'Is the Glass-Steagall Act Justified? A Study of the U.S. Experience with Universal Banking Before 1933', American Economic Review, 84 (4), September, 810-32 -- Jith Jayaratne and and Philip E. Strahan (1996), 'The Finance-Growth Nexus: Evidence from Bank Branch Deregulation', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 111 (3), August, 639-70 -- Thomas F. Hellman, Kevin C. Murdock and Joseph E. Stiglitz (2000), 'Liberalization, Moral Hazard in Banking, and Prudential Regulation: Are Capital Requirements Enough?', American Economic Review, 90 (1), March, 147-65 -- Anjan V. Thakor (1996), 'Capital Requirements, Monetary Policy, and Aggregate Bank Lending: Theory and Empirical Evidence', Journal of Finance, LI (1), March, 279-324 -- Viral V. Acharya (2009), 'A Theory of Systemic Risk and Design of Prudential Bank Regulation', Journal of Financial Stability, 5 (3), September, 224-55 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2004), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision: What Works Best?', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 13 (2), April, 205-48 -- James R. Barth, Gerard Caprio Jr. and Ross Levine (2013), 'Bank Regulation and Supervision in 180 Countries from 1999 to 2011', Journal of Financial Economic Policy, 5 (2), 111-219 -- Anthony Saunders, Elizabeth Strock and Nickolaos G. Travlos (1990), 'Ownership Structure, Deregulation, and Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Finance, XLV (2), June, 643-54 -- Gerard Caprio, Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2007), 'Governance and Bank Valuation', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 16 (4), October, 584-617 -- Luc Laeven and Ross Levine (2009), 'Bank Governance, Regulation and Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 93 (2), August, 259-75 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez-de-Silanes and Andrei Shleifer (2002), 'Government Ownership of Banks', Journal of Finance, LVII (1), February, 265-301 -- Gary Gorton and Richard Rosen (1995), 'Corporate Control, Portfolio Choice, and the Decline of Banking', Journal of Finance, L (5), December, 1377-420.
    Abstract: Joel F. Houston and Christopher James (1995), 'CEO Compensation and Bank Risk. Is Compensation in Banking Structured to Promote Risk Taking?', Journal of Monetary Economics, 36 (2), 405-31 -- Kose John, Anthony Saunders and Lemma W. Senbet (2000), 'A Theory of Bank Regulation and Management Compensation', Review of Financial Studies, 13 (1), January, 95-125 -- Renée B. Adams and Hamid Mehran (2012), 'Bank Board Structure and Performance: Evidence for Large Bank Holding Companies', Journal of Financial Intermediation, 21 (2), 243-67 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach and René M. Stulz (2011), 'Bank CEO Incentives and the Credit Crisis', Journal of Financial Economics, 99 (1), January, 11-26 -- Rüdiger Fahlenbrach, Robert Prilmeier and René M. Stulz (2012), 'This Time Is the Same: Using Bank Performance in 1998 to Explain Bank Performance during the Recent Financial Crisis', Journal of Finance, LXVII (6), December, 2139-85 -- Takeo Hoshi, Anil Kashyap and David Scharfstein (1991), 'Corporate Structure, Liquidity, and Investment: Evidence from Japanese Industrial Groups', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 106 (1), February, 33-60 -- Gary Gorton and Frank A. Schmid (2000), 'Universal Banking and the Performance of German Firms', Journal of Financial Economics, 58 (1-2), 29-80 -- Allen N. Berger, Anthony Saunders, Joseph M. Scalise and Gregory F. Udell (1988), 'The Effects of Bank Mergers and Acquisitions on Small Business Lending', Journal of Financial Economics, 50 (2), November, 187-229 -- Allen N. Berger and David B. Humphrey (1991), 'The Dominance of Inefficiencies Over Scale and Product Mix Economies in Banking', Journal of Monetary Economics, 28 (1), August, 117-48 -- John H. Boyd and David E. Runkle (1993), 'Size and Performance of Banking Firms: Testing the Predictions of Theory', Journal of Monetary Economics, 31 (1), February, 47-67 -- John H. Boyd and Gianni De Nicoló (2005), 'The Theory of Bank Risk Taking and Competition Revisited', Journal of Finance, LX (2), June, 1329-43 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Charles M. Kahn (1991), 'The Role of Demandable Debt in Structuring Optimal Banking Arrangements', American Economic Review, 81 (3), 497-513 -- Douglas W. Diamond and Raghuram G. Rajan (2001), 'Liquidity Risk, Liquidity Creation, and Financial Fragility: A Theory of Banking', Journal of Political Economy, 109 (2), April, 287-327 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (1998) 'Optimal Financial Crises', Journal of Finance, LIII (4), August, 1245-84 -- Franklin Allen and Douglas Gale (2000), 'Financial Contagion', Journal of Political Economy, 108 (1), February, 1-33 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (1997), 'Contagion and Bank Failures During the Great Depression: The June 1932 Chicago Banking Panic', American Economic Review, 87 (5), December, 863-83 -- Charles W. Calomiris and Joseph R. Mason (2003), 'Fundamentals, Panics, and Bank Distress During the Depression', American Economic Review, 93 (5), December, 1615-47 -- Donald P. Morgan (2002), 'Rating Banks: Risk and Uncertainty in an Opaque Industry', American Economic Review, 92 (4), September, 874-88 -- Bengt Holmstrom and Jean Tirole (1997), 'Financial Intermediation, Loanable Funds, and the Real Sector', Quarterly Journal of Economics, CXII (3), August, 663-91.
    Abstract: Andrea Beltratti and René M. Stulz (2012), 'The Credit Crisis Around the Globe: Why Did Some Banks Perform Better?', Journal of Financial Economics, 105 (1), July, 1-17 -- Rafael La Porta, Florencio Lopez de Silanes, Andrei Shleifer and Robert W. Vishny (1998), 'Law and Finance', Journal of Political Economy, 106 (6), December, 1113-55 -- Thorsten Beck, Asli Demirgüç-Kunt and Ross Levine (2003), 'Law, Endowments, and Finance', Journal of Financial Economics, 70 (2), November, 137-81 -- Raghuram G. Rajan and Luigi Zingales (2003), 'The Great Reversals: The Politics of Financial Development in the Twentieth Century', Journal of Financial Economics, 69 (1), July, 5-50 -- Benjamin C. Esty (1998), 'The Impact of Contingent Liability on Commercial Bank Risk Taking', Journal of Financial Economics, 47 (2), February, 189-218 -- Randall S. Kroszner and Philip E. Strahan (1999), 'What Drives Deregulation? Economics and Politics of the Relaxation of the Bank Branching Restrictions', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 114 (4), November, 1437-67 -- Asim Ijaz Khwaja and Atif Mian (2005), 'Do Lenders Favor Politically Connected Firms? Rent Provision in an Emerging Financial Market', Quarterly Journal of Economics, 120 (4), November, 1371-411 -- I. Serdar Dinç (2005), 'Politicians and Banks: Political Influences on Government-Owned Banks in Emerging Markets', Journal of Financial Economics, 77 (2), August, 453-79 -- Noel Maurer and Stephen Haber (2007), 'Related Lending and Economic Performance: Evidence from Mexico', Journal of Economic History, 67 (3), September, 551-81 -- Pietro Veronesi and Luigi Zingales (2010), 'Paulson's Gift', Journal of Financial Economics, 97 (3), September, 339-68 -- Emmanuel Farhi and Jean Tirole (2012), 'Collective Moral Hazard, Maturity Mismatch, and Systemic Bailouts', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 60-93 -- Viral Acharya, Itamar Drechsler and Philipp Schnabl (2014), 'A Pyrrhic Victory? Bank Bailouts and Sovereign Credit Risk', Journal of Finance, LXIX (6), December, 2689-739.
    Abstract: This research review contains fifty influential articles published over the past four decades on the regulation and governance of financial institutions. Some contribute by making theoretical advances that enhance the conceptual framework through which economists view financial institutions, and others contribute by assembling data and evaluating the predictions of these different models. Including an original introduction, the papers provide a foundation for understanding and conducting additional research into the regulation and governance of financial institutions
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 184
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing
    ISBN: 9781783476299
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (496 pages)
    Edition: Online-Ausg.
    Parallel Title: Print version Freeman, Gary P Handbook on migration and social policy
    DDC: 304.8
    Keywords: Social policy ; Emigration and immigration
    Abstract: In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary state policies affecting migrants and migration. A clutch of chapters investigates the linkage between migration and trade theory, foreign direct investment, globalization, public opinion, public education and welfare programs. Chapters then deal with leading receiving states as well as India and the authors examine the regulation of migration at the subnational, national, regional and global levels. The topic of migration and security is also covered. This compelling and exhaustive review of existing scholarship and state-of -the-art original empirical analysis is essential reading for graduates and academics researching the field. In this comprehensive Handbook, an interdisciplinary team of distinguished scholars from the social sciences explores the connections between migration and social policy. They test conflicting claims as to the positive and negative effects of different types of migration against the experience of countries in Europe, North America, Australasia, the Middle East and South Asia, assessing arguments as to migration's impact on the financial, social and political stability and sustainability of social programs. The volume reflects the authors' curiosity about the controversy over the connection between social and cultural diversity and popular support for the welfare state. Providing timely and original chapters which both critique the existing literature as well as build on and advance theoretical understanding, the authors focus on the formal settlement and integration polices created for migrants as well as corollary s ...
    Abstract: Pt. I. New analytical perspectives -- pt. II. The political economy of migration -- pt. III. Trade offs between immigration and social policy -- pt. IV. Opposition to immigration, security and the limits to free movement in the European union -- pt. V. Diversity, social cohesion and support for the welfare state -- pt. VI. Migrant integration and social policy -- pt. VII. Immigrant rights vs. immigration politics
    Note: Includes index
    URL: Volltext  (lizenzpflichtig)
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 185
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716349
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (704 p) , cm
    Series Statement: International law series 11
    Keywords: Human territoriality ; International law ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): Jean Gottmann (1973), 'The people and their territory: the partitioning of the world', in The significance of territory, Chapter 1, Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1-15 -- M.N. Shaw (1982), 'Territory in international law', Netherlands Yearbook of International Law, 13, December, 61-91 -- Miles Kahler (2006), 'Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization', in Miles Kahler and Barbara F. Walter (eds), Territoriality and conflict in an era of globalization, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 1-21, references -- Marcelo G. Kohen and Mamadou Hébié (2012), 'Territory, acquisition', in Rüdiger Wolfrum (ed.), The Max Planck Encyclopedia of Public International Law, vol. IX, Oxford, UK and New York, NY: Oxford University Press, 887-900 -- A.L.W. Munkman (1972-73), 'Adjudication and adjustment - international judicial decision and the settlement of territorial boundary disputes', British Yearbook of International Law, 46, 1-116 -- Friedrich August Freiherr von der Heydte (1935), 'Discovery, symbolic annexation and virtual effectiveness in international law', American Journal of International Law, 29 (3), July, 448-71 -- Philip C. Jessup (1928), 'The Palmas Island arbitration', American Journal of International Law, 22 (4), October, 735-52 -- Marcelo Kohen (2013), 'Original title in the light of the ICJ judgment on sovereignty over Pedra Branca/Pulau Batu Puteh, Middle Rocks and South Ledge', Journal of the History of International Law, 15 (2), 151-71 -- D.H.N. Johnson (1950), 'Acquisitive prescription in international law', British Yearbook of International Law, 27, 332-54 -- Georg Schwarzenberger (1957), 'Title to territory: response to a challenge', American Journal of International Law, 51 (2), April, 308-24 -- Roger O'Keefe (2011), 'Legal title versus Effectivies : prescription and the promise and problems of private law analogies', International community law review -- W. Lakhtine (1930), 'Rights over the Arctic', American Journal of International Law, 24 (4), October, 703-17 -- Benedetto Conforti (1986), 'Territorial claims in antarctica: a modern way to deal with an old problem', Cornell International Law Journal, 19, 249-58 -- Hans Kelsen (1956), 'Contiguity as a title to territorial sovereignty', in Walter Schätzel and Hans-Jürgen Schlochauer (eds), Rechtsfragen der Internationalen Organisation: Festschrift für Hans Wehberg zu seinem 70. Geburstag, Frankfurt-am-Main, Germany: Vittorio Klostermann, 200-210 -- Ian Brownlie (2002), 'Boundary problems and the formation of new states', in David Freestone, Surya Subedi and Scott Davidson (eds), Contemporary issues in international law: a collection of the Josephine Onoh Memorial Lectures, The Netherlands, Holland and Boston, MA: Kluwer Law International, 185-95 -- Santiago Torres Bernárdez (1994), 'The "Uti Possidetis Juris Principle" in historical perspective', in Konrad Ginther, Gerhard Hafner, Winfried Lang, Hanspeter Neuhold and Lilly Sucharipa-Behrmann and Karl Zemanek (eds), Völkerrecht zwischen normativen Anspruch und politischer Realität: Festschrift für Karl Zemanek zum 65. Geburtstag, Berlin, Germany: Duncker and Humblot, 417-37 -- Steven R. Ratner (1996), 'Drawing a better line: UTI possidetis and the borders of new states', American Journal of International Law, 90 (4), October, 590-624 -- Kaiyan Homi Kaikobad (1983), 'Some observations on the doctrine of continuity and finality of boundaries', British Yearbook of International Law, 54 (1), 119-41 -- S.K.N. Blay (1986), 'Self-determination versus territorial integrity in decolonization', New York University Journal of International Law and Politics, 18, 441-72
    Abstract: Katherine Del Mar (2013), 'The myth of remedial secession', in Duncan French (ed.), Statehood and self-determination: reconciling tradition and modernity in international law, Chapter 3, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 79-108 -- Marcelo Kohen and Mara Tignino (2013), 'Do peoples have rights in boundaries' delimitations?', in Laurence Boisson de Chazournes, Christina Leb and Mara Tignino (eds), International law and freshwater: the multiples challenges, Chapter 6, Cheltenham, UK and Northampton, MA: Edward Elgar Publishing, 95-122 -- Adam Roberts (1984), 'What is military occupation?', British Yearbook of International Law, 55 (1), 249-305 -- Yehuda Z. Blum (1968), 'The missing reversioner: reflections on the status of Judea and Samaria', Israel Law Review, 3 (2), 279-301 -- Marcelo G. Kohen (2000), 'Is the notion of territorial sovereignty obsolete?', in Martin Pratt and Janet Allison-Brown (eds), Borderlands under stress, Chapter 3, Dordrecht, Germany: Kluwer Law International, 35-47 -- [13].
    Abstract: This timely research review discusses key articles dealing with the importance of territory for international law in its relationship with power, state building and globalization. The collection also analyses the evolution and scope of the law of acquisition of territory from colonial times until today, the emergence of new areas for the territorial expansion of states and border delimitation rules. Finally, the review investigates the impact of the human dimension in the way international law addresses territorial issues, particularly the individual and collective human rights, including indigenous peoples and the right to self-determination
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 186
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, Mass : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783479139
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xliii, 300 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in management series
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective
    DDC: 658.3
    RVK:
    Keywords: Hochqualifizierte Arbeitskräfte ; Personalbeschaffung ; Rückwanderung ; Wissenstransfer ; Welt ; Personnel management ; Creative ability in business ; Employee selection ; Electronic books
    Abstract: pt. I. Returnees, talent and public policy: the case of China -- pt. II. A global perspective on entrepreneur, talent and entrepreneurship ecosystem.
    Abstract: Talent has become the most important resource for organizations across a wide range of sectors throughout the world including business, non-profit, and government. These organizations are now engaged in an increasingly fierce competition to acquire the best talent as they seek to gain the upper hand in today's fast changing environment. By combining the body of knowledge on entrepreneurship and talent management from a global perspective, this book provides a synthesized understanding of entrepreneurial mobility and talent management in the entrepreneurship and innovation ecosystem. The expert contributors combine empirical evidence and case studies to provide a nuanced understanding of global talent management from an international comparative perspective. The topics discussed include China's return migration and its impact on Chinese development, local engagement and transformation of Chinese communities in England, and reverse migration from the US to China. Furthermore, from a comparative perspective, contributors examine global talent and entrepreneurial mobility in the contexts of Silicon Valley, European university spin-off practices and entrepreneurial ecosystems in France, Italy, and South Korea, respectively. Scholars and students in entrepreneurship and talent management will find the scope for future research useful in their work. Entrepreneurs, managers, and policymakers will benefit from the examination of global perspectives and different national contexts
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 187
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783476947
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (400 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Gartner, William B. Entrepreneurship as organizing
    Keywords: Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Entrepreneurship ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie ; Unternehmensgründung ; Electronic books ; Unternehmensgründung ; Entrepreneurship ; Organisationstheorie
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. A conceptual framework for describing the phenomenon of new venture creation -- 2. Did River City really need a boy's band -- 3. The Oz in organization -- 4. "Who is an entrepreneur?" is the wrong question -- 5. Properties of emerging organizations -- 6. A taxonomy of new business ventures -- 7. A profile of new venture success and failure in an emerging industry -- 8. What are we talking about when we talk about entrepreneurship? -- 9. Acting as if: differentiating entrepreneurial from organizational behavior -- 10. Words lead to deeds: towards an organizational emergence vocabulary -- 11. A longitudinal study of cognitive factors influencing start-up behaviors and success at venture creation -- 12. Exploring start-up event sequences -- 13. Predicting new venture survival : an analysis of "anatomy of start-up." Cases from INC. Magazine -- 14. The career reasons of nascent entrepreneurs -- 15. The language of opportunity -- 16. The effects of pre-venture plan timing and perceived environmental uncertainty on the persistence of emerging firms -- 17. A "critical mess" approach to entrepreneurship scholarship -- 18. Entrepreneurial narrative and a science of the imagination -- 19. Entrepreneurship as organizing -- 20. Opportunities as attributions : categorizing strategic issues from an atributional perspective -- 21. A new path to the waterfall : a narrative on a use of entrepreneurial narrative -- Conclusion: an 'entrefesto'.
    Abstract: This book draws together William B. Gartner's key contributions to entrepreneurship research over the past 25 years. An original introduction by the author offers a comprehensive overview and analysis of his work as it pertains to the development of entrepreneurship as a scholarly field, and the articles demonstrate the many ways in which his research has explored entrepreneurship in relation to individuals, firms, environments, and processes
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 188
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717766
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (480 p)
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Keywords: Information society ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Digital transformations: an introduction / F. Xavier Olleros and Majlinda Zhegu -- Part I sectoral analyses -- 1. How online learning will transform legal education / David I. C. Thomson -- 2. The digital future of the oldest information profession / Ray Worthy Campbell -- 3. Medicine in the age of smart machines: legal liability challenges / Fazal Khan -- 4. Digital health technologies and digital data: new ways of monitoring, measuring and commodifying human bodies / Deborah Lupton -- 5. The digital disruption of banking and payment services / David Arnold and Paul Jeffery -- 6. Collaboration, participation, and transparency: the promise of digitizing academic research / Sascha Friesike and Benedikt Fecher -- 7. University libraries in the digital era / Kyle K. Courtney and Emily Kilcer -- 8. Online dating platforms: a tool for social science research / Andreas Schmitz and Doreen Zillmann -- 9. Atoms matter: the role of local 'makerspaces' in the coming digital economy / Joel West and Anne Greul -- 10. Smart cities, social capital and citizens at play: a critique and a way forward / Marcus Foth, Andrew Hudson-Smith and Dean Gifford -- Part II transversal topics -- 11. Blockchain technology: principles and applications / Marc Pilkington -- 12. 3d printing and intellectual property / Lucas Osborn -- 13. Big data and the future for privacy / Neil M. Richards and Jonathan H. King -- 14. Crowdwork, corporate social responsibility and fair labor practices / Miriam A. Cherry and Winifred R. Poster -- 15. Crowdfunding: principles, trends and issues / Stéphane Onnée and Sophie Renault -- 16. The gamification of education and business: a critical analysis and future research prospects / Amy Duvernet, Alberto Asquer and Inna Krachkovskaya -- 17. The impact of digital technologies on innovation policy / Kenji E. Kushida -- 18. Innovation policy for cloud-computing contracts / John M. Newman -- 19. Competition policy in a world of big data / Simonetta Vezzoso -- 20. A continuum of internet-based crime: how the effectiveness of cybersecurity policies varies across cybercrime types / Eric Jardine.
    Abstract: The digital transition of the world economy is now entering a phase of broad and deep societal impact. While there is one overall transition, there are many different sectoral transformations, from health and legal services to tax reports and taxi rides, as well as a rising number of transversal trends and policy issues, from widespread precarious employment and privacy concerns to market monopoly and cybercrime. This Research Handbook offers a rich and interdisciplinary synthesis of some of the recent research on the digital transformations currently under way. This comprehensive study contains chapters covering sectoral and transversal analyses, all of which are specially commissioned and include cutting-edge research. The contributions featured are global, spanning four continents and seven different countries, as well as interdisciplinary, including experts in economics, sociology, law, finance, urban planning and innovation management. The digital transformations discussed are fertile ground for researchers, as established laws and regulations, organizational structures, business models, value networks and workflow routines are contested and displaced by newer alternatives. This book will be equally pertinent to three constituencies: academic researchers and graduate students, practitioners in various industrial and service sectors and policy makers
    Note: Contributors include: D. Arnold, A. Asquer, R.W. Campbell, M.A. Cherry, K.K. Courtney, A. DuVernet, M. Foth, S. Friesike, D. Gifford, A. Hudson-Smith, E. Jardine, P. Jeffrey, F. Khan, J.H. King, I. Krachkovskaya, K.E. Kushida, D. Lupton, J.M. Newman, F.X. Ollero, S. Onnée, L. Osborn, M. Pilkington, W. Poster, S. Renault, N. Richards, A. Schmitz, D.I.C. Thomson, S. Vezzoso, J.L. West, M. Zhegu, D. Zillmann , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 189
    ISBN: 9781784719692
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (360 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Research handbook of international and comparative perspectives on diversity management
    RVK:
    Keywords: Diversity Management ; Vergleich ; Welt ; Diversity in the workplace ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich ; Diversity Management ; Internationaler Vergleich
    Abstract: Introduction: international and comparative perspectives on diversity management: an overview -- 1. Social dialogue - an 'essential dimension' of diversity management in continental Europe? / Emma Stringfellow -- 2. Diversity management in Denmark and in France: a comparative approach / Sabine Bacouel-Jentjens and Liza Castro Christiansen -- 3. An intersectional approach to diversity management in the United States and France / Tarani Merriweather Woodson and Ariane Ollier-Malaterre -- 4. Brazil, South African and USA work environments: a comparative analysis of equal opportunity, diversity management and inclusion practices / Lize Booysen, Gwendolyn Combs and Waheeda Lillevik -- 5. A comparative review of multiculturalism in Australia, Canada, United Kingdom, United States, and South Africa / Isabel Metz, Eddy Ng, Nelarine Cornelius, Jenny M. Hoobler and Stella Nkomo -- 6. A comparison of lesbian, gay, bisexual, transgender and queer rights and politics in South Africa and the USA / Lize Booysen and Heather Wishik -- 7. What does being LGBT mean in the workplace? a comparison of LGBT equality in Turkey and the UK / Emir Ozeren and Erhan Aydin -- 8. Managing diversity in the South Pacific / Katherine Ravenswood, Stéphane Le Queux, Erica French, Glenda Strachan and John Burgess -- 9. A comparative analysis of youth labor market exclusion / Paula Apascaritei, Lourdes Susaeta, Esperanza Suarez Ruz, Isis Gutiérrez-Martínez, Sandra Idrovo Carlier and José Ramón Pin Arboledas -- 10. A comparative study of five countries with critical mass and its ambiguous impact on HRM policies / Terry A. Nelson, Kori Callison and Allison Thomas -- 11. Tribal diversity and collective productivity: the intervening mechanisms of social inclusion, human resource development and tribal identity / David B. Zoogah.
    Abstract: This Research Handbook offers, for the first time, a comparative approach to current diversity management concerns facing nations. Spanning 19 countries and across Africa, it covers age, gender, ethnicity, disability, sexual orientation, national origin and the intersection of various dimensions of diversity. The multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors, leading scholars in their own countries, examine how the various actors react, adopt and manage the different dimensions of diversity, from a multitude of approaches, from national to sectoral and from tribes to trade unions, but always with a comparative, multi-country perspective. This book represents the efforts of multicultural and multi-country teams of contributors who are prominent diversity scholars in their respective countries. Offering comparative approaches to diversity management and comparative public policy on multiculturalism, it explores comparisons at both the macro-environmental and meso-organizational levels. Topics covered include pan-African tribal diversity management, diversity in the South Pacific, youth labour market exclusion and LGBTQ rights in selected countries. This comprehensive review of diversity management will appeal to both academics and graduate students as well as to public policy-makers, industry practitioners, top leadership, middle managers and HR managers
    Note: Contributors include: P. Apascaritei, E. Aydin, S. Bacouel-Jentjens, L. Booysen, J. Burgess, K. Callison, S.I. Carlier, L. Castro Christiansen, G. Combs, N. Cornelius, E. French, I. Gutiérrez-Martínez, J.M. Hoobler, S. Le Queux, W. Lillevik, T. Merriweather Woodson, I. Metz, T.A. Nelson, E. Ng, S. Nkomo, A. Ollier-Malaterre, E. Ozeren, J. Ramón Pin Arboledas, K. Ravenswood, G. Strachan, E. Stringfellow, E. Suarez Ruz, L. Susaeta, A. Thomas, H. Wishik, D.B. Zoogah , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 190
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785368738
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (336 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on corporate entrepreneurship
    RVK:
    Keywords: Intrapreneurship ; Dynamische Kompetenzen ; Risikokapital ; Entrepreneurship ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Corporate Entrepreneurship
    Abstract: Introduction / Shaker A. Zahra, Donald O. Neubaum and James C. Hayton -- Part I corporate entrepreneurship and internal venturing -- 1. Internal corporate venturing: a review of (almost) five decades of literature / Susan A. Hill and Stylianos Georgoulas -- 2. Who is the corporate entrepreneur? insights from opportunity discovery and creation theory / Henri Burgers and Vareska van De Vrande -- 3. A dynamic human capital perspective on corporate opportunity identification / Mathew Hughes, Deniz Ucbasaran and Miranda Lewis -- Part II corporate entrepreneurship and organizational capability -- 4. Towards a relational view of corporate entrepreneurship / Zeki Simsek and Ciaran Heavey -- 5. Institutionalizing corporate entrepreneurship as the firm's innovation function: reflections from a longitudinal research program / Gina Colarelli O'Connor -- 6. Strategic renewal and firm performance: implication of incremental versus radical change after environmental upheavals / Elton L. Scifres, James J. Chrisman and Esra Memili -- Part III corporate venture capital and external venturing -- 7. Corporate venture capital: important themes and future directions / Sandip Basu, Anu Wadhwa and Suresh Kotha -- 8. InnoVen and the Monsanto paradox: strategic exploration with the first external corporate venture capital fund / Mariann Jelinek and Diana Day -- 9. Explorative and exploitative learning from corporate venture capital: a model of program level determinants / Thomas Keil, Shaker A. Zahra and Markku Maula -- 10. What inventions do corporate entrepreneurship programs access? corporate venture capital investment in complementary and substituting ventures / Gary Dushnitsky and Miles Shaver.
    Abstract: Corporate entrepreneurship is about remaking organizations; it affects organizational cultures and systems which, in turn, influence the magnitude, direction and content of corporate entrepreneurship activities. This Handbook hopes to synthesize what we know and clarify what we need to know about key issues such as strategic renewal, innovation and venturing activities within established companies, giving direction to future research. This Handbook combines conceptual and empirical contributions covering a wide gamut of theories and perspectives that include: opportunity discovery vs. creation, the behavioral theory of the firm, learning, human capital, agency, and dynamic capabilities. The chapters uncover who the corporate entrepreneur is, how corporate entrepreneurs vary from their independent counterparts, how corporate entrepreneurship influences organizational performance, and the effect of incremental versus radical strategic renewal undertaken within corporate entrepreneurship on financial performance. They also investigate what an organization learns from corporate entrepreneurship, as well as the types of innovation that companies gain through corporate venturing capital investments. The diversity of authors, perspectives and foci of the chapters highlight the growing depth and breadth of the worldwide research on corporate entrepreneurship and the growing maturity of this research. This book will appeal to scholars and students of entrepreneurship and/or strategic management, as well as managers of established firms
    Note: Contributors include: S. Basu, H. Burgers, J.J. Chrisman, D. Day, G. Dushnitsky, S. Georgoulas, J. Hayton, C. Heavey, S.A. Hill, M. Hughes, M. Jelinek, T. Keil, S. Kotha, M. Lewis, M. Maula, E. Memili, D.O. Neubaum, G.C. O'Connor, E.L. Scifres, M. Shaver, Z. Simsek, D. Ucbasaran, V. Van De Vrande, A. Wadhwa, S.A. Zahra , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 191
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781783471720
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (432 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Handbooks in venture capital
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook of research on business angels
    RVK:
    Keywords: Business Angels ; Risikokapital ; Welt ; Angels (Investors) ; Electronic books ; Finanzierung ; Unternehmensgründung ; Business Angel
    Abstract: 1. Business angels as a research field / Hans Landström and Colin Mason -- 2. Researching business angels: definitional and data challenges / Colin Mason -- 3. The economic significance of business angels: towards comparable indicators / Sofia Avdeitchikova and Hans Landström -- 4. Categorisations of business angels: an overview / Roger Sørheim and Tiago Botelho -- 5. Women business angels: theory and practice / Frances M. Amatucci -- 6. Investment decision making by business angels / Andrew Maxwell -- 7. Business angels as smart investors: a systematic review of the evidence / Diamanto Politis -- 8. Angel-entrepreneur relationships: demytisfying their conflicts / Veroniek Collewaert -- 9. Business angels in China: characteristics, policies and international comparison / Jiani Wang, Yi Tan and Manhong Liu -- 10. Business angels in emerging economies: Southeast Asia / William Scheela -- 11. Business angels in Sub-saharan Africa / David Lingelbach -- 12. Business angels in developing economies: the experience of Latin America / Gianni Romani and Miguel Atienza -- 13. The effectiveness of tax incentives for business angels / Cécile Carpentier and Jean-Marc Suret -- 14. Business angel networks: a review and assessment of their value to entrepreneurship / Tom Lahti and Henrik Keinonen -- 15. Crowdinvesting - angel investing for the masses? / Lars Hornuf and Armin Schwienbacher.
    Abstract: Business angels are recognized as playing a key role in financing the start-up and early stages of new ventures. However, our knowledge of how business angels operate remains limited and highly fragmented. This Handbook provides a synthesis of research on business angels. It adopts an international perspective to reflect the spread of angel investing around the world. The increasing number of government initiatives to promote angel investing is also reflected in the book with an assessment of the most common support schemes. Adopting an international focus, the expert group of contributors examine business angels themselves, the evolution of the market, the various stages of the investment process and the role of public policy in influencing angel investment. They each conclude their chapters with an agenda for future research on business angels. Students and scholars of entrepreneurship, entrepreneurial finance and related subjects will find this book to be an invaluable resource for their work. In particular, they will benefit from the research agendas that conclude each chapter. This Handbook will also be of interest to policy-makers and other practitioners looking to enhance their understanding of the design and need for such interventions
    Note: Contributors include: F.M. Amatucci, M. Atienza, S. Avdeitchikova, T. Botelho, C. Carpentier, V. Collewaert, L. Hornuf, H. Keinonen, T. Lahti, H. Landström, D. Lingelbach, M. Liu, C. Mason, A. Maxwell, D. Politis, G. Romani, W. Scheela, A. Schwienbacher, J.-M. Suret, R. Sørheim, Y. Tan, J. Wang , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 192
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781785364020
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (296 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New perspectives on the modern corporation
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Styhre, Alexander, 1971 - Corporate governance, the firm and investor capitalism
    DDC: 658.4
    Keywords: Corporate Governance ; Prinzipal-Agent-Theorie ; Corporate governance ; Electronic books ; Corporate Governance ; Agency-Theorie
    Abstract: Prologue: the Great Recession Durcharbeitung -- Introduction: the nature of the firm and its governance -- Part I: instituting the firm -- 1. Corporate law and the legal environment of the firm -- 2. Managerialism, the problem of principal-agent relations, and free market advocacy -- Part II: rethinking the firm -- 3. The agency theory model of the firm and its implications -- 4. Investor capitalism and the nexus of contract view of the firm: assessing the consequences -- Postscript: neoclassical economic theory and ideology.
    Abstract: The shift from managerial capitalism to investor capitalism, dominated by the finance industry and finance capital accumulation, is jointly caused by a variety of institutional, legal, political, and ideological changes, beginning with the 1970s' downturn of the global economy. This book traces how the incorporation of businesses within the realm of the state leads to both certain benefits, characteristic of competitive capitalism, and to the emergence of new corporate governance problems. Contrasting economic, legal, and managerial views of corporate governance practices in contemporary capitalism, the author examines how corporate governance has been understood and advocated differently during the New Deal era, the post-World War II economic boom, and after 1980 in the era of free market advocacy. Covering the theory of the firm from the New Deal era until the post-2008 financial crisis, the book connects contemporary theories with their original legal roots, demonstrating inconsistencies in contemporary understanding. It also points at the differences between legal theory and neoclassical economic theory regarding the theory of the firm. The book examines how the entrenchment of shareholder welfare governance turns a blind eye to legal theory and corporate law, leading to theoretical inconsistencies and practical concerns, and criticises the agency theory argument in favour of unrestricted shareholder welfare governance. A comprehensive review of the literature on corporate governance, both in legal theory and in economics and management studies, is included. This enlightening and informative book is essential reading for corporate governance scholars, management studies researchers, legal theorists, and business historians
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 193
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham : Edward Elgar Pub. Ltd
    ISBN: 9781781005859
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (xii, 256 p) , ill , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Cai, Fang, 1956 - China's economic growth prospects
    DDC: 338.951
    RVK:
    Keywords: Wirtschaftswachstum ; Demografischer Übergang ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Produktivität ; China ; Economic development ; Wirtschaftspolitik ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Innovationsförderung ; Politische Reform ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Finanzreform ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung ; Risiko ; China Economic conditions ; China ; Electronic books ; China ; Wirtschaftsreform ; Wirtschaftswachstum ; Bevölkerungsentwicklung
    Abstract: 1. At the crossroads of long-term development -- 2. The development of a dual economy -- 3. The lewis turning point -- 4. The demographic dividend -- 5. Growing old before getting rich -- 6. The risk of a middle income trap -- 7. The new engine of economic growth -- 8. Macroeconomic policies in transition -- 9. Human capital accumulation -- 10. Reducing income inequality -- 11. Labor market institutions and social protections -- 12. Reaping China's reform dividends.
    Abstract: China has grown rapidly since the reform initiation of the 1970s. China's Economic Growth Prospects narrates the contribution of demographic transition to recent economic growth in China, and provides suggestions for ways in which it can sustain growth over the next few decades. The expert author provides reasons for the economic slowdown since the second decade of the twenty-first century; explores the challenges facing China's long-term sustainability of growth with the disappearance of demographic dividend; and proposes policy suggestions. He concludes that, in order to avoid the middle-income trap, economic growth in China must transform from an inputs-driven pattern, to a productivity-driven pattern. Academics, researchers and students of economics and business, particularly those specialising in China, will find this book to be a useful resource. Investment bankers, journalists, politicians and policy makers will find the discussions of past experience and the future potential of the Chinese economy to be of interest
    Note: Includes bibligoraphical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 194
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784717322
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (768 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: Elgar research reviews in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of standards
    Keywords: Standardisierung ; Standardization Economic aspects ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): George V. Thompson (1954), 'Intercompany, Technical Standardization in the Early American Automobile Industry', Journal of Economic History, 14 (1), Winter, 1-20 -- Charles P. Kindleberger (1983), 'Standards as Public, Collective and Private Goods', Kyklos, 36 (3), 377-96 -- Joseph Farrell and Garth Saloner (1985), 'Standardization, Compatibility and Innovation,' Rand Journal of Economics, 16 (1), Spring, 70-83 -- Paul A. David and Shane Greenstein (1990), 'The Economics of Compatibility Standards: An Introduction to Recent Research', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1), 3-41 -- Stanley M. Besen and Joseph Farrell (1994), 'Choosing How to Compete: Strategies and Tactics in Standardization', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 8 (2), Spring, 117-31 -- Mark A. Lemley (2002), 'Intellectual Property Rights and Standard-Setting Organizations,' California Law Review, 90 (6), December, 1889-980 -- Victor Stango (2004), 'The Economics of Standards Wars', Review of Network Economics, 3 (1), March, 1-19 -- Albert N. Link (1983), 'Market Structure and Voluntary Product Standards', Applied Economics, 15 (3), 393-401 -- Donald J. Lecraw (1984), 'Some Economic Effects of Standards', Applied Economics, 16 (4), 507-22 -- Shane Greenstein (1990), 'Creating Economic Advantage By Setting Compatibility Standards: Can ''Physical Tie-Ins" Extend Monopoly Power?' Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 63-83 -- Harald Gruber (2000), 'The Evolution of Market Structure in Semiconductors: The Role of Product Standards', Research Policy, 29 (6), 725-40 -- Joseph Farrell and Timothy Simcoe (2012), 'Choosing the Rules for Consensus Standardization', Rand Journal of Economics, 43 (2), Summer, 235-52 -- Albert N. Link and Gregory Tassey (1988), 'Standards and the Diffusion of Advanced Technologies', Evaluation and Program Planning, 11 (1), 97-102 -- Paul A. David and W. Edward Steinmueller (1990), 'The ISDN Bandwagon Is Coming, but Who Will Be There to Climb Aboard?: Quandaries in The Economics of Data Communication Networks', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 43-62 -- Jeffrey L. Funk and David T. Methe (2001), 'Market- and Committee-Based Mechanisms in the Creation and Diffusion of Global Industry Standards: The Case of Mobile Communication', Research Policy, 30 (4), 589-610 -- Jeffrey L. Funk (2003), 'Standards, Dominant Designs and Preferential Acquisition of Complementary Assets through Slight Information Advantages', Research Policy, 32 (8), 1325-41 -- Anat Hovav, Martin Hemmert and Yoo Jung Kim (2011), 'Determinants of Internet Standards Adoption: The Case of South Korea', Research Policy, 40 (2), 253-62 -- Raymond S. Hartman and David J. Teece (1990), 'Product Emulation Strategies in the Presence of Reputation Effects and Network Externalities: Some Evidence from the Minicomputer Industry', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 157-82 -- Garth Saloner (1990), 'Economic Issues in Computer Interface Standardization', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 135-56 --
    Abstract: Tom Cottrell (1994) 'Fragmented Standards and the Development of Japan's Microcomputer Software Industry', Research Policy, 23 (2), 143-74 -- Timothy F. Bresnahan and Shane Greenstein (1999), 'Technological Competition and the Structure of the Computer Industry', Journal of Industrial Economics, 47 (1), March, 1-40 -- Wallace E. Oates, Paul R. Portney and Albert M. McGartland (1989), 'The Net Benefits of Incentive-Based Regulation: A Case Study of Environmental Standard Setting', American Economic Review, 79 (5), December, 1233-42 -- Timothy F. Bresnahan and Amit Chopra (1990), 'The Development of the Local Area Network Market as Determined by User Needs', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 97-110 -- Steven C. Salop (1990), 'Deregulating Self-Regulated Shared ATM Networks', Economics of Innovation and New Technology, 1 (1-2), 85-96 -- Bruce S. Tether, Christiane Hipp and Ian Miles (2001), 'Standardisation and Particularisation in Services: Evidence from Germany', Research Policy, 30 (7), August, 1115-38 -- Thomas A. Hemphill (2009), 'Technology Standards-Setting in the US Wireless Telecommunications Industry: A Study of Three Generations of Digital Standards Development', Telematics and Informatics, 26 (1), February, 103-24 -- Albert N. Link and John T. Scott (2012), 'On the Social Value of Quality: An Economic Evaluation of the Baldrige Performance Excellence Program', Science and Public Policy, 39 (5), 680-89 -- Timothy Simcoe (2012), 'Standard Setting Committees: Consensus Governance for Shared Technology Platforms', American Economic Review, 102 (1), February, 305-36 -- Gregory Tassey (1982), 'The Role of Government in Supporting Measurement Standards for High-Technology Industries', Research Policy, 11 (5), 311-20 -- Antonio J. Bailetti and John R. Callahan (1995), 'Managing Consistency between Product Development and Public Standards Evolution', Research Policy, 24 (6), 913-31 -- Bert Coursey and Albert N. Link (1998), 'Evaluating Technology-Based Public Institutions: The Case of Radiopharmaceutical Standards Research at the National Institute of Standards and Technology', Evaluation Review, 7 (3), December, 147-57 -- Danièle Bénézech, Gilles Lambert, Blandine Lanoux, Christophe Lerch and Jocelyne Loos-Baroin (2001), 'Completion of Knowledge Codification: An Illustration through the ISO 9000 Standards Implementation Process', Research Policy, 30 (9), 1395-407 -- Gregory Tassey (2005), 'Underinvestment in Public Good Technologies', Journal of Technology Transfer, 30 (1-2) 89-113 -- Michael P. Gallaher and Brent R. Rowe (2006), 'The Costs and Benefits of Transferring Technology Infrastructures Underlying Complex Standards: The Case of IPv6', Journal of Technology Transfer, 31 (5), 519-44.
    Abstract: The economics of standards explores papers by eminent scholars that study the role of standards in the competitive process, the diffusion of standards throughout the industry and the role of the public sector in support of standards development
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 195
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    [Cheltenham] : Edward Elgar Pub
    ISBN: 9781784716141
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (832 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: International library of critical writings in economics
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als The economics of terrorism
    DDC: 363.3/25
    Keywords: Terrorismus ; Terrorismusbekämpfung ; Terrorism Economic aspects ; Electronic books ; Terrorismus ; Politische Ökonomie
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): David C. Rapport (2004), 'The Four Waves of Modern Terrorism', in Audrey Kurth Cronin and James M. Ludes (eds), Attacking Terrorism: Elements of a Grand Strategy, Chapter 2, Washington, D.C.: Georgetown University Press, 46-72 -- Martha Crenshaw (1981), 'The Causes of Terrorism', Comparative Politics, 13 (4), July, 379-99 -- Max Abrahms (2008), 'What Terrorists Really Want: Terrorist Motives and Counterterrorism Strategy', International Security, 32 (4), Spring, 78-105 -- Robert A. Pape (2003), 'The Strategic Logic of Suicide Terrorism', American Political Science Review, 97 (3), August, 343-61 -- Walter Enders and Xuejuan Su (2007), 'Rational Terrorists and Optimal Network Structure', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 51 (1), February, 33-57 -- Ethan Bueno de Mesquita (2005), 'The Quality of Terror', American Journal of Political Science, 49 (3), July, 515-30 -- Burcu Savun and Brian J. Phillips (2009), 'Democracy, Foreign Policy, and Terrorism', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 53 (6), December, 878-904 -- W. Kip Viscusi and Richard J. Zeckhauser (2003) 'Sacrificing Civil Liberties to Reduce Terrorism Risks', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 26 (2-3), March, 99-120 -- James A. Piazza (2008), 'Incubators of Terror: Do Failed and Failing States Promote Transnational Terrorism?', International Studies Quarterly, 52 (3), September, 469-88 -- William Eubank and Leonard Weinberg (2001), 'Terrorism and Democracy: Perpetrators and Victims', Terrorism and Political Violence, 13 (1), Spring, 155-64 -- Quan Li (2005), 'Does Democracy Promote or Reduce Transnational Terrorist Incidents?', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 49 (2), April, 278-97 -- Paul S. Nelson and John L. Scott (1992), 'Terrorism and the Media: An Empirical Analysis', Defence Economics, 3 (4), 329-39 -- Darren W. Davis and Brian D. Silver (2004), 'Civil Liberties vs. Security: Public Opinion in the Context of the Terrorist Attacks on America', American Journal of Political Science, 48 (1), January, 28-46 -- Alan B. Krueger and Jitka Malečková (2003), 'Education, Poverty and Terrorism: Is There a Causal Connection?', Journal of Economic Perspectives, 17 (4), Fall, 119-44 -- Alberto Abadie (2006), 'Poverty, Political Freedom, and the Roots of Terrorism', American Economic Review, 96 (2), May, 50-56 -- Walter Enders, Gary A. Hoover and Todd Sandler (2012), 'The Changing Nonlinear Relationship between Income and Terrorism', Journal of Conflict Resolution, online first, 1-31 -- James A. Piazza (2011), 'Poverty, Minority Economic Discrimination, and Domestic Terrorism', Journal of Peace Research, 48 (3), May, 339-53 -- Efraim Benmelech, Claude Berrebi and Esteban F. Klor (2012), 'Economic Conditions and the Quality of Suicide Terrorism', Journal of Politics, 74 (1), January, 113-28 -- Claude Berrebi (2007), 'Evidence about the Link Between Education, Poverty and Terrorism Among Palestinians', Peace Economics, Peace Science and Public Policy, 13 (1), i, 1-38 --
    Abstract: S. Brock Blomberg, Gregory D. Hess and Athanasios Orphanides (2004), 'The Macroeconomic Consequences of Terrorism', Journal of Monetary Economics, 51 (5), July, 1007-32 -- Todd Sandler and Walter Enders (2008), 'Economic Consequences of Terrorism in Developed and Developing Countries: An Overview', in Philip Keefer and Norman Loayza (eds), Terrorism, Economic Development, and Political Openness, Chapter 1, Cambridge, UK: Cambridge University Press, 17-47 -- Zvi Eckstein and Daniel Tsiddon (2004), 'Macroeconomic Consequences of Terror: Theory and the Case of Israel', Journal of Monetary Economics, 51 (5), July, 971-1002 -- Alberto Abadie and Javier Gardeazabal (2003), 'The Economic Cost of Conflict: A Case Study of the Basque Country', American Economic Review, 93 (1), March, 113-32 -- Bruno S. Frey, Simon Luechinger and Alois Stutzer (2009), 'The Life Satisfaction Approach to Valuing Public Goods: The Case of Terrorism', Public Choice, 138 (3-4), March, 317-45 -- William M. Landes (1978), 'An Economic Study of U.S. Aircraft Hijacking, 1961-1976', Journal of Law and Economics, 21 (1), April, 1-31, errata -- Walter Enders and Todd Sandler (1993), 'The Effectiveness of Antiterrorism Policies: A Vector-Autoregression-Intervention Analysis', American Political Science Review, 87 (4), December, 829-44 -- Victor Asal and R. Karl Rethemeyer (2008), 'The Nature of the Beast: Organizational Structures and the Lethality of Terrorist Attacks', Journal of Politics, 70 (2), April, 437-49 -- Howard Kunreuther and Geoffrey Heal (2003), 'Interdependent Security', Journal of Risk and Uncertainty, 26 (2-3), March, 231-49 -- Bruno S. Frey and Simon Luechinger (2003), 'How to Fight Terrorism: Alternatives to Deterrence', Defence and Peace Economics, 14 (4), August, 237-49 -- Jean-Paul Azam and Véronique Thelen (2010), 'Foreign Aid Versus Military Intervention in the War on Terror', Journal of Conflict Resolution, 54 (2), April, 237-61 -- Navin A. Bapat (2011), 'Transnational Terrorism, US Military Aid, and the Incentive to Misrepresent', Journal of Peace Research, 48 (3), May, 303-18 -- Subhayu Bandyopadhyay, Todd Sandler and Javed Younas (2014), 'Foreign Direct Investment, Aid, and Terrorism', Oxford Economic Papers, 66 (1), January, 25-50 -- Audrey Kurth Cronin (2006), 'How al-Qaida Ends: The Decline and Demise of Terrorist Groups', International Security, 31 (1), Summer, 7-48 -- Audrey Kurth Cronin (2014), 'The "War on Terrorism": What Does it Mean to Win?', Journal of Strategic Studies, 37 (2), 174-97 -- Khusrav Gaibulloev and Todd Sandler (2014), 'An Empirical Analysis of Alternative Ways that Terrorist Groups End', Public Choice, 160 (1-2), July, 25-44.
    Abstract: The evolving field of the economics of terrorism has been and continues to be the subject of much research. Professor Enders, in this authoritative research review, charts the development of this topic over the past century. The areas discussed include incentive regulation, competition in generation, market power, transmission and system operation as well as retail competition and future developments
    Note: Includes index , The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 196
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785362385
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (352 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New directions in modern economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Financialisation and the financial and economic crises
    DDC: 338.5/42
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Finanzkapitalismus ; Finanzkrise ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Welt ; Financial crises ; Financial instruments ; Electronic books ; Wirtschaftskrise ; Finanzkrise
    Abstract: Preface -- 1. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: theoretical framework and empirical analysis for 15 countries / Nina Dodig, Eckhard Hein and Daniel Detzer -- 2. The crisis of finance-led capitalism in the United States / Trevor Evans -- 3. Monetary adjustment and inflation of financial claims in the UK after 1980 / John Lepper, Mimoza Shabani, Jan Toporowski and Judith Tyson -- 4. Financialisation and the economic crisis in Spain / Jesús Ferreiro, Cataliana Gálvez and Anna Gonzáles -- 5. Financialisation and the crisis: the case of Greece / Yanis Varoufakis and Lefteris Tserkezis -- 6. The real sector developments in Estonia: financialisation effects behind the transition process / Egert Juuse -- 7. Financialisation and the crisis in the export-led mercantilist German economy / Daniel Detzer and Eckhard Hein -- 8. Swedish financialisation: 'Nordic noir' or 'safe haven'? / Alexis Stenfors -- 9. France, a domestic demand-led economy under the influence of external shocks / Gérard Cornilleau and Jérôme Creel -- 10. The transmission channels between the financial and the real sectors in Italy and the crisis / Giampaolo Gabbi, Elisa Ticci and Pietro Vozzella -- 11. The long boom and the early bust: the Portuguese economy in the era of financialisation / Ricardo Paes Mamede, Sérgio Lagoa, Emanuel Leão and Ricardo Barradas -- 12. Financialisation and the financial and economic crises: the case of Turkey / Serdal Bahçe, Hasan Cömert, Nilgün Erdem, Elif Karaçimen, Ahmet Haşim Köse, Özgür Orhangazi, Gökçer Özgür and Galip Yalman -- 13. The impact of the financial and economic crisis on European Union member states / Carlos A. Carrasco, Jesus Ferreiro, Catalina Galvez, Carmen Gomez and Ana González.
    Abstract: Financialisation and the Financial and Economic Crises provides comparative, empirical case studies of a diverse set of eleven countries. In particular, the book helps in understanding the current (mal)performance of Euro area economies by explaining the causes of the shifts in growth regimes during and after the crises. It goes well beyond the dominant interpretation of the recent financial and economic crises as being rooted in malfunctioning and poorly regulated financial markets. The contributions to this book provide detailed accounts of the long-term effects of financialisation and cover the main developments leading up to and during the crisis in 11 selected countries: the US, the UK, Spain, Greece, Portugal, Germany, Sweden, Italy, France, Estonia, and Turkey. The introductory chapter presents the theoretical framework and synthesizes the main findings of the country studies. Furthermore, the macroeconomic effects of financialisation on the EU as a whole are analysed in the final chapter. Offering an illuminating overview and invaluable alternative perspective on the long-run developments leading to the recent crises, this book is essential reading for researchers, students and policymakers and an ideal starting point for further research
    Note: Contributors include: S. Bahçe, R. Barradas, C.A. Carrasco, G. Cornilleau, H. Cömert, J. Creel, D. Detzer, N. Dodig, N. Erdem, T. Evans, J. Ferreiro, G. Gabbi, C. Gálvez, C. Gomez, A. González, E. Hein, E.Juuse, E. Karaçimen, A.H. Köse, S. Lagoa, E. Leão, J. Lepper, Ö. Orhangazi, R. Paes Mamede, M. Shabani, A. Stenfors, E. Ticci, J. Toporowski, L. Tserkezis, J. Tyson, Y. Varoufakis, P. Vozzella, G.L. Yalman , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 197
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Northampton, MA : Edward Elgar Publishing, Inc
    ISBN: 9781785361302
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (200 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Series Statement: New horizons in institutional and evolutionary economics
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Atkinson, Glen Law and economics from an evolutionary perspective
    DDC: 340.09
    RVK:
    RVK:
    RVK:
    Keywords: Handelsrecht ; Gesellschaftsrecht ; Rechtsökonomik ; Evolutionsökonomik ; USA ; Law and economic development ; Electronic books ; USA ; Handelsrecht ; Gesellschaftsrecht ; Ökonomische Theorie des Rechts
    Abstract: 1. Evolutionary method in law and economics -- 2. Causes and consequences of the widening of the market: a case of cumulative economic evolution -- 3. The corporate form and the state -- 4. Interstate commerce and state regulation of business -- 5. Interstate commerce and federal regulation of business -- 6. John R. Commons and co-evolution of law and economics.
    Abstract: Law and economics are interdependent. Using a historical case analysis approach, this book demonstrates how the legal process relates to and is affected by economic circumstances. Glen Atkinson and Stephen P. Paschall examine this co-evolution in the context of the economic development that occurred in the nineteenth and early twentieth centuries as well as the impact of the law on that development. Specifically, the authors explore the development of a national market, the transformation of the corporation, and the conflict between state and federal control over businesses. Their focus on dynamic, integrated systems presents an alternative to mainstream law and economics. The authors apply John R. Commons's approach to three main law and economics issues: the changing relationship between corporations and the state, the application of the Commerce Clause and the Fourteenth Amendment of the US Constitution to state and federal regulation of business, and the relationship of antitrust law to industrialization. They provide a valuable linking of law with changing economic circumstances such as antitrust policy changes and the development of the corporate form. This analytical approach to the practice of law and economics will be of interest to researchers, students, and faculty in law and economics, economic history, constitutional law, economic regulation, public policy, and the sociology of law. Business students and researchers will also find value in this book's presentation of court decisions and exploration of economic development
    Note: Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 198
    ISBN: 9781784716646
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (320 p) , ill
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als International perspectives on business innovation and disruption in design
    DDC: 658.4063
    RVK:
    Keywords: Produktentwicklung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Wettbewerbsvorteil ; Disruptive Innovation ; Welt ; Design Technological innovations ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Innovationsmanagement ; Technologie ; Produktgestaltung
    Abstract: Introduction -- Part I business models -- 1. Disrupting the aged care business model / Erez Nusem, Cara Wrigley and Judy Matthews -- 2. Mobility horizons: design in a disruptive market / Alex Garrett, Cara Wrigley, Nick Russell and Judy Matthews -- 3. The changing role of the designer in new business models based around 3D printing technologies / Paola Pisano, Marco Pironti and Alison Rieple -- 4. Designing for disruption: strategic business model innovation / Julian Jenkins and Tim Fife -- Part II service design -- 5. Disrupting conventions in development: from 'beneficiaries' to 'co-designers' / Ledia Andrawes, Anitha Moorthy and Adela Mcmurray -- 6. The customer journey as a tool for business innovation and transformation / Judith Gloppen, Berit Lindquister and Hans-Peter Daae -- Part III international and multinational design interventions -- 7. Researching the design innovation process in a multinational: an empathic approach to the application of delphi technique / Mersha Aftab and Robert Young -- 8. The application of design as an enabler to the disruptive delivery of innovation through both the offshore and outsourcing of new product creation to India / Les Wynn -- Part IV aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics -- 9. Breaking the routines: artistic and design interventions as a tool for developing creativity in organizations / Marja Soila-Wadman and Lisbeth Svengren Holm -- 10. The psycho-spatial dynamics of workplace designs for creative disruption / Laura H. Malinin, Alison Williams and Katharine Leigh -- Part V design capabilities -- 11. The role of emotion, experience and meaning: the comparative case of Apple and Samsung / Karla Straker and Cara Wrigley -- 12. Design capabilities and business innovation / Marzia Mortati and Beatrice Villari -- 13. In design we trust: dealing with the innovation imperative / Henning Berthold, Shiona Chillas and Barbara Townley.
    Abstract: Design is increasingly recognized as an important source of competitive advantage and an important element in innovation and new product development. In this third volume of the International Perspectives on Business Innovation and Disruption book series, editors Robert DeFillippi, Alison Rieple and Patrik Wikström focus on the role of design innovation in transforming industry practice. With an international cast of scholars and practitioners, this book examines how design innovation impacts the creation of new business models, innovative forms of service delivery, multinational innovation practices, the role of aesthetics and psycho-spatial dynamics in fostering innovation, and the types of design capabilities found in the most innovative businesses worldwide. Split into five sections, many chapters focus upon design thinking and conceptualize design as a user-centered, empathic and participative practice that allows diverse stakeholders to creatively contribute to business innovation. This instructive and insightful volume will be an essential resource for practitioners and managers across all organization types, both in the public and private sector, who wish to transform the way they do business, as well as for design, management and social science students and scholars
    Note: Contributors include: M. Aftab, L. Andrawes, H. Berthold, S. Chillas, H.-P. Daae, T. Fife, A. Garrett, J. Gloppen, J. Jenkins, K. Leigh, B. Lindquister, L.H. Malinin, J. Matthews, A. McMurray, A. Moorthy, M. Mortati, E. Nusem, M. Pironti, P. Pisano, A. Rieple, N. Russell, M. Soila-Wadman, K. Straker, L. Svengren Holm, B. Townley, B. Villari, A. Williams, C. Wrigley, L. Wynn, R. Young , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 199
    Online Resource
    Online Resource
    Cheltenham, UK : Edward Elgar Publishing Limited
    ISBN: 9781784718923
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (1,192 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Keywords: Economic forecasting ; Electronic books
    Abstract: Recommended readings (Machine generated): KLEIN, Judy L. (1997), Statistical Visions in Time. A History of Time Series Analysis, 1662-1938, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MORGAN, Mary S. (1990), The History of Econometric Ideas, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- MOORE, Henry L. (1923), Generating Economic Cycles, New York: Macmillan. -- MITCHELL, Wesley C. (1913), Business Cycles and their Causes. Berkeley: California University Memoirs, Volume 3. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924a), Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 19, 1-8. -- PERSONS, Warren M. (1924b), The Problem of Business Forecasting, Pollak Foundation for Economic Research Publications, No. 6, London: Pitman. -- SAMUELSON, Paul A. (1987), Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers, Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, 4-9. -- MARGET, Albert W. (1929), Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting, Journal of Political Economy, 37, 312-339. -- LUCAS, Robert E. (1976), Econometric Policy Evaluation: A Critique, in K. Brunner and A. Meltzer (editors), The Phillips Curve and Labor Markets, Vol. 1 of Carnegie-Rochester Conferences on Public Policy, 19-46, Amsterdam: North-Holland. -- MARRIS, Robin L. (1954), The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: a Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands, Economic Journal, 64, 759-783. -- BODKIN, Ronald G., Lawrence R. KLEIN and Kanta MARWAH (1991), A History of Macroeconometric Model-Building, Aldershot: Edward Elgar. -- ADELMAN, Irma and Frank L. ADELMAN (1959), The Dynamic Properties of the Klein-Goldberger Model, Econometrica, 27, 596-625. -- SUITS, Daniel B. (1962), Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model, American Economic Review, 52, 104-132. -- CAIRNCROSS, Sir Alec (1969), Economic Forecasting, Economic Journal, 79, 797-812. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1982), The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 37-48. -- BURNS, Terry (1986), The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, A, 407, 103-125. -- WALLIS, Kenneth F. (1989), Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey, Economic Journal, 99, 28-61 -- BOX, George E.P. and Gwilym M. JENKINS (1970), Time Series Analysis: Forecasting and Control, San Francisco: Holden-Day. -- COEN, P.G., E.D. GOMME, and Maurice G. KENDALL (1969), Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132, 133-163.
    Abstract: BRAY, Jeremy (1971), Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the GDP - Unemployment Relation and the Growth of GDP in the UK as an Example (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 167-227. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- BOX, George E.P. and Paul NEWBOLD (1971), Some Comments on a Paper by Coen, Gomme and Kendall, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134, 229-240. -- MAKRIDAKIS, S., A. ANDERSON, R. CARBONE, M. HIBON, R. LEWANDOWSKI, J. NEWTON, E. PARZEN and R. WINKLER (1982), The Accuracy of Extrapolation (Time Series) Methods: Results of a Forecasting Competition, Journal of Forecasting, 1, 111-153. -- MEESE, Richard, and John GEWEKE, (1984), A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2, 191-200. -- HARVEY, Andrew C. and Paul H.J. TODD (1983), Forecasting Economic Time Series with Structural and Box-Jenkins Methods (with discussion), Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1, 299-315. -- LITTERMAN, Robert (1986), Forecasting with Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 25-38. -- KADIYALA, K. Rao and Sune KARLSSON (1993), Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions, Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-378. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Jin Luang LIN (1994), Forecasting from Non-linear Models in Practice, Journal of Forecasting, 13, 1-10. -- CHATFIELD, Chris (1997), Forecasting in the 1990s, The Statistician, 46, 461-473. -- ZHANG, Guoqiang, B. Eddy PATUWO and Michael Y. HU (1998), Forecasting with Artificial Neural Networks: The State of the Art, International Journal of Forecasting, 14, 35-62. -- TERÄSVIRTA, Timo, Dick van DIJK and Marcelo C. MEDEIROS (2005), Smooth Transition Autoregressions, Neural Networks, and Linear Models in Forecasting Macroeconomic Time Series: A Re-examination, International Journal of Forecasting, 21, 755-774. -- STOCK, James H. and Mark W. WATSON (2002), Forecasting using Principal Components from a Large Number of Predictors, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 97, 1167-1179. -- FORNI, Mario, Marc HALLIN, Marco LIPPI and Lucrezia REICHLIN (2005), The Generalized Dynamic Factor Model: One-Sided Estimation and Forecasting, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 100, 830-839. -- EICKMEIER, Sandra and Christina ZIEGLER (2008), How Successful are Dynamic Factor Models at Forecasting Output and Inflation? A Meta-Analytic Approach, Journal of Forecasting, 27, 237-265. -- BAILLIE, Richard T. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1992), Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-Dependent Conditional Variances, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1995), Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-146. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (1999), Forecasting Non-stationary Economic Time Series, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
    Abstract: CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (2002a), Modelling Methodology and Forecast Failure, Econometrics Journal, 5, 319-344. -- HENDRY, David F. and Grayham E. MIZON (2005), Forecasting in the Presence of Structural Breaks and Policy Regime Shifts, in Donald W.K. Andrews and James H. Stock (editors), Identification and Inference for Econometrics Models: Essays in Honor of Thomas Rotherburg, 480-502, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- HENDRY, David F. (2006), Robustifying Forecasts from Equilibrium-Correction Models, Journal of Econometrics, 135, 399-426. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L., Nicholas W.P. FAWCETT and David F. HENDRY (2010), Forecasting with Equilibrium-Correction Models during Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 158, 25-36. -- MOORE, Geoffrey H. (1969), Forecasting Short-Term Economic Change, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64, 1-22. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1979), An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level, Journal of Business, 52, 1-33. -- STECKLER, Herman O. (1968), Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation, Econometrica, 36, 437-463. -- NELSON, Charles R. (1972), The Prediction Performance of the F.R.B.-M.I.T.-PENN model of the U.S. Economy, American Economic Review, 62, 902-917. -- THEIL, Henri (1958), Economic Forecasts and Policy, Amsterdam: North Holland. -- BATES, John M. and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1969), The Combination of Forecasts, Operational Research Quarterly, 20, 451-468. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Paul NEWBOLD (1973), Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts, Applied Economics, 5, 35-47. -- CLEMEN, Robert T. (1989), Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography, International Journal of Forecasting, 5, 559-583. -- NEWBOLD, Paul and Clive W.J. GRANGER (1974), Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts (with discussion), Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137, 131-165. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Optimal Forecast Combination under Regime Switching, International Economic Review, 46, 1081-1102. -- CAPISTRÁN, Carlos and Allan TIMMERMANN (2009), Forecast Combination with Entry and Exit of Experts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 27, 428-440. -- SMITH, Jeremy and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2009), A Simple Explanation of the Forecast Combination Puzzle, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 71, 331-355. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David I. HARVEY (2010), Forecast Encompassing Tests and Probability Forecasts, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 1028-1062. -- HENDRY, David F. and Michael P. CLEMENTS (2004), Pooling of Forecasts, Econometrics Journal, 7, 1-31. -- PESARAN, M. Hashem and Allan TIMMERMANN (2005), Small Sample Properties of Forecasts from Autoregressive Models under Structural Breaks, Journal of Econometrics, 129, 183-217.
    Abstract: COOPER, Richard L. (1972), The Predictive Performance of Quarterly Econometric Models of the United States, in B.G. Hickman (editor), Econometric Models of Cyclical Behaviour, No. 36 in National Bureau of Economic Research Studies in Income and Wealth, 813-947, New York: Columbia University Press. -- HOWREY, E. Philip, Lawrence R. KLEIN and Michael D. McCARTHY (1974), Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models, International Economic Review, 15, 366-383. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1974), An Evaluation of a Short-Run Forecasting Model, International Economic Review, 15, 285-304. -- FAIR, Ray C. (1979), An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models, Journal of Political Economy, 87, 701-718. -- SARGENT, Thomas J. (1976), A Classical Macroeconometric Model for the United States, Journal of Political Economy, 84, 207-237. -- SIMS, Christopher A. (1980), Macroeconomics and Reality, Econometrica, 48, 1-48. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1986), Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4, 5-15. -- KOLB, R.A. and Herman O. STEKLER (1990), The Lead and Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, Journal of Macroeconomics, 12, 111-123. -- BATCHELOR, Roy A. and Pami DUA (1990), Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 6, 3-10. -- McNEES, Stephen K. (1992), The Uses and Abuses of 'Consensus' Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 11, 70-84. -- LEITCH, Gordon and J. Ernest TANNER (1991), Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits versus Conventional Error Measures, American Economic Review, 81, 580-590. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1969), Prediction with a Generalized Cost of Error Function, Operations Research Quarterly, 20, 199-207. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X. and Robert S. MARIANO (1995), Comparing Forecast Accuracy, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13, 253-263. -- HARVEY, David I., Stephen J. LEYBOURNE and Paul NEWBOLD (1998), Tests for Forecast Encompassing, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16, 254-259. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1996), Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?, International Journal of Forecasting, 11, 455-473. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (1998), Regression Tests for Predictive Ability, International Economic Review, 39, 817-840. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Michael W. McCRACKEN (2001), Test for Equal Forecast Accuracy and Encompassing for Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics 105, 85-110. -- CLARK, Todd E. and Kenneth D. WEST (2007), Approximately Normal Tests for Equal Predictive Accuracy in Nested Models, Journal of Econometrics, 138, 291-311. -- HANSEN, Peter R. (2005), A Test for Superior Predictive Ability, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 23, 365-380.
    Abstract: GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Halbert WHITE (2006), Tests of Conditional Predictive Ability, Econometrica, 74, 1545-1578. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-879. -- McCRACKEN, Michael W. and Stephen G. SAPP (2005), Evaluating the Predictive Ability of Exchange Rates using Long Horizon Regressions: Mind your p's and q's!, Journal of Money Credit and Banking, 37, 473-494. -- GIACOMINI, Raffaella and Barbara ROSSI (2009), Detecting and Predicting Forecast Breakdown, Review of Economic Studies, 76, 669-705. -- BURNS, Arthur F. and Wesley C. MITCHELL (1946), Measuring Business Cycles, New York: National Bureau of Economic Research. -- KOOPMANS, Tjalling C. (1947), Measurement without Theory, Review of Economic Statistics, 29, 161-172. -- HENDRY, David F. and Mary S. MORGAN (editors) (1995), The Foundations of Econometric Analysis, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. -- ALEXANDER, Sidney S. and Herman O. STEKLER (1959), Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series versus Autoregression, Journal of Political Economy, 67, 402-409. -- HYMANS, Saul H. (1973), On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points, Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 1973(2), 339-384. -- AUERBACH, Alan J. (1982), The Index of Leading Indicators: 'Measurement Without Theory' Thirty-Five Years Later, Review of Economics and Statistics, 64, 589-595. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., and Glenn D. RUDEBUSCH (1991), Forecasting Output with the Composite Leading Index: An ex ante Analysis, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86, 603-610. -- NIEMIRA, Michael P. and Philip A. KLEIN (1994), Forecasting Financial and Economic Cycles, New York: Wiley. -- EMERSON, Rebecca A., and David F. HENDRY (1996), An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators, Journal of Forecasting, 15, 271-291. -- CAMBA-MENDEZ, Gonzalo, George KAPETANIOS, Martin R. WEALE and Ron J. SMITH (2002), The Forecasting Performance of the OECD Composite Leading Indicators for France, Germany, Italy and the UK, in Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (editors), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, 386-408, Oxford: Blackwell. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano (2006), Leading Indicators, in Graham Elliott, Clive W.J. Granger and Allan Timmermann (editors), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, 879-960, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- COWLES, Arthur, (1933), Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?, Econometrica, 1, 309-324. -- KENDALL, Maurice G. (1953), The Analysis of Economic Time Series - Part 1: Prices, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 96, 11-25. -- ROBERTS, Harry V. (1959), Stock-Market 'Patterns' and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions, Journal of Finance, 14, 1-10. -- COOTNER, Paul A. (editor) (1964), The Random Character of Stock Market Prices, Cambridge, MA: MIT Press.
    Abstract: GRANGER, Clive W.J. and Oskar MORGENSTERN (1970), Predictability of Stock Market Prices, Lexington: Heath. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1972), Analysis of Stock Market Price Data, Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and Its Applications, 8, 229-232. -- GRANGER, Clive W.J. (1993), Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters, International Journal of Forecasting, 9, 3-18. -- BOLLERSLEV, Tim, Ray Y. CHOU and Kenneth F. KRONER (1992), ARCH Modelling in Finance: A Review of the Theory and Empirical Evidence, Journal of Econometrics, 52, 5-59. -- LAMOUREUX, Christopher G. and William D. LASTRAPES (1993), Forecasting Stock Return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities, Review of Financial Studies, 6, 293-326. -- NOH, Jaesun, Robert F. ENGLE, and Alex KANE (1994), Forecasting Volatility and Option Pricing of the S&P 500 Index, Journal of Derivatives, 2, 17-30. -- KRONER, Kenneth F., Kevin P. KNEAFSEY, and Stijn CLAESSENS (1995), Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 77-95. -- WEST, Kenneth D. and Dongchul CHO (1995), The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility, Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-391. -- SATCHELL, Steven, and Allan TIMMERMANN (1995), An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts, Journal of Forecasting, 14, 477-497. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G. and Tim BOLLERSLEV (1998), Answering the Sceptics: Yes, Standard Volatility Models do Provide Accurate Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 885-905. -- HANSEN, Peter R. and Asger LUNDE (2005), A Forecast Comparison of Volatility Models: Does Anything Beat a GARCH(1,1)?, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 20, 873-889. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV, Francis X. DIEBOLD and Paul LABYS (2003), Modelling and Forecasting Realized Volatility, Econometrica, 71, 579-625. -- DEO, Rohit, Clifford HURVICH and Yi LU (2006), Forecasting Realized Volatility using a Long-Memory Stochastic Volatility Model: Estimation, Prediction and Seasonal Adjustment, Journal of Econometrics, 131, 29-58. -- ANDERSEN, Torben G., Tim BOLLERSLEV and Francis X. DIEBOLD (2007), Roughing it Up: Including Jump Components in the Measurement, Modelling and Forecasting of Return Volatility, Review of Economics and Statistics, 89, 707-720. -- CORSI, Fulvio (2009), A Simple Long Memory Model of Realized Volatility, Journal of Financial Econometrics, 7, 174-196. -- LUCAS, Robert E. and Thomas J. SARGENT (editors) (1981), Rational Expectations and Econometric Practice, London: Allen and Unwin. -- RIPPE, Richard D. and Maurice WILKINSON (1974), Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data, Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69, 849-858. -- CARLSON, John (1977), A Study of Price Forecasts, Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6, 27-56. -- ZARNOWITZ, Victor (1985), Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3, 293-311.
    Abstract: DAVIES, Antony and Kajal LAHIRI (1995), A New Framework for Testing Rationality and Measuring Aggregate Shocks using Panel Data, Journal of Econometrics, 68, 205-227. -- BONHAM, Carl S. and Richard H. COHEN (2001), To Aggregate, Pool, or Neither: Testing the Rational Expectations Hypothesis using Survey Data, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 278-291. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P., Fred JOUTZ and Herman O. STEKLER (2007), An Evaluation of the Forecasts of the Federal Reserve: A Pooled Approach, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 22, 121-136. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008a), Evaluating a Three-Dimensional Panel of Point Forecasts: The Bank of England, International Journal of Forecasting, 24, 354-367. -- BOERO, Gianna, Jeremy SMITH and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2008b), Uncertainty and Disagreement in Economic Prediction: The Bank of England Survey of External Forecasters, Economic Journal, 118, 1107-1127. -- LAHIRI, Kajal and Xuguang SHENG (2010), Measuring Forecast Uncertainty by Disagreement: The Missing Link, Journal of Applied Econometrics, 25, 514-538. -- SMETS, Frank and Rafael WOUTERS (2004), Forecasting with a Bayesian DSGE Model: An Application to the Euro Area, Journal of Common Market Studies, 42, 841-867. -- ADOLFSON, Malin, Jesper LINDÉ and Mattias VILLANE (2007), Forecasting Performance of an Open Economy DSGE Model, Econometric Reviews, 26, 289-328. -- GHENT, Andra C. (2009), Comparing DSGE-VAR Forecasting Models: How big are the Differences?, Journal of Economic Dynamics and Control, 33, 864-882. -- CHRISTOFFERSEN, Peter (1998), Evaluating Interval Forecasts, International Economic Review, 39, 841-862. -- DIEBOLD, Francis X., Todd GUNTHER and Anthony S. TAY (1998), Evaluating Density Forecasts with Application to Financial Risk Management, International Economic Review, 39, 863-883. -- TAY, Anthony S. and Kenneth F. WALLIS (2000), Density Forecasting: A Survey, Journal of Forecasting, 19, 235-254. -- BERKOWITZ, Jeremy (2001), Testing Density Forecasts, with Applications to Risk Management, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 19, 465-474. -- CORRADI, Valentina and Norman R. SWANSON (2006), Predictive Density and Conditional Confidence Interval Accuracy Tests, Journal of Econometrics, 127, 187-228. -- AMISANO, Gianna and Raffaella GIACOMINI (2007), Comparing Density Forecasts via Weighted Likelihood Ratio Tests, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 25, 177-190. -- HALL, Stephen G. and James MITCHELL (2007), Combining Density Forecasts, International Journal of Forecasting, 23, 1-13. -- EVANS, Martin D.D. (2005), Where Are We Now? Real-Time Estimates of the Macroeconomy, International Journal of Central Banking, 1, 127-175. -- GIANNONE, Domenico, Lucrezia REICHLIN and David SMALL (2008), Nowcasting: The Real-Time Informational Content of Macroeconomic Data, Journal of Monetary Economics, 55, 665-676. -- GHYSELS, Eric, Arthur SINKO and Rossen VALKANOV (2006), MIDAS Regressions: Further Results and New Directions, Econometric Reviews, 26, 53-90.
    Abstract: ARMESTO, Michelle T., Kristie ENGEMANN and Michael OWYANG (2010), Forecasting with Mixed Frequencies, Federal Reserve Bank of St. Louis Review, 9216, 521-536. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and Ana B. Galvão (2008), Macroeconomic Forecasting with Mixed Frequency Data: Forecasting US Output Growth, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 26, 546-554. -- MARCELLINO, Massimiliano and Christian SCHUMACHER (2010), Factor-MIDAS for Now - and Forecasting with Ragged-Edge Data: A Model Comparison for German GDP, Oxford Bulletin of Economics and Statistics, 72, 518-550. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2002b), A Companion to Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Blackwell. -- CLEMENTS, Michael P. and David F. HENDRY (editors) (2011), The Oxford Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- CASTLE, Jennifer L. and Neil SHEPHARD (editors) (2009), The Methodology and Practice of Econometrics: A Festschrift in Honour of Professor David Hendry, Oxford: Oxford University Press. -- ELLIOTT, Graham, Clive W.J. GRANGER and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2006), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 1, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- ELLIOTT, Graham and Allan TIMMERMANN (editors) (2013), Handbook of Economic Forecasting, Volume 2, Amsterdam: Elsevier. -- Warren M. Persons (1924), 'Some Fundamental Concepts of Statistics', Journal of the American Statistical Association, XIX (145), March, 1-8 -- Paul A. Samuelson (1987), 'Paradise Lost and Refound: The Harvard ABC Barometers', Journal of Portfolio Management, 4, Spring, 4-9 -- Arthur W. Marget (1929), 'Morgenstern on the Methodology of Economic Forecasting', Journal of Political Economy, XXXVII (3), June, 312-39 -- R.L. Marris (1954), 'The Position of Economics and Economists in the Government Machine: A Comparative Critique of the United Kingdom and the Netherlands', Economic Journal, LXIV (256), December, 759-83 -- Daniel B. Suits (1962), 'Forecasting and Analysis with an Econometric Model', American Economic Review, LII (1), March, 104-32 -- Alec Cairncross (1969), 'Economic Forecasting', Economic Journal, LXXIX (316), December, 797-812 -- Stephen K. McNees (1982), 'The Role of Macroeconometric Models in Forecasting and Policy Analysis in the United States', Journal of Forecasting, 1 (1), 37-48 -- Sir Terence Bums (1986), 'The Interpretation and Use of Economic Predictions' and discussion, Proceedings of the Royal Society of London, Series A, 407, 103-25 -- Kenneth F. Wallis (1991), 'Macroeconomic Forecasting: A Survey,' in Andrew J. Oswald (ed.), Surveys in Economics, Volume I, Chapter 2, Oxford: Basil Blackwell Ltd, 48-81 -- P.J. Coen, E.D. Gomme and M.G. Kendall (1969), 'Lagged Relationships in Economic Forecasting' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 132 (1), 133-63 -- Jeremy Bray (1971), 'Dynamic Equations for Economic Forecasting with the G.D.P.-Unemployment Relation and the Growth of G.D.R in the United Kingdom as an Example' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 167-227.
    Abstract: George E.P. Box and Paul Newbold (1971), 'Some Comments on a Paper of Coen, Gomme and Kendall', Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 134 (2), 229-40 -- P. Newbold and C.W.J. Granger (1974), 'Experience with Forecasting Univariate Time Series and the Combination of Forecasts' and discussion, Journal of the Royal Statistical Society, Series A, 137 (2), 131-64 -- Richard Meese and John Geweke (1984), 'A Comparison of Autoregressive Univariate Forecasting Procedures for Macroeconomic Time Series', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 2 (3), July, 191-200 -- A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd (1983), 'Forecasting Economic Time Series With Structural and Box-Jenkins Models: A Case Study', comments by Craig F. Ansley, David F. Findley and Paul Newbold and 'Response' by A.C. Harvey and P.H.J. Todd, Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 1 (4), October, 299-315 -- Robert B. Litterman (1986), 'Forecasting With Bayesian Vector Autoregressions - Five Years of Experience', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4(1), January, 25-38 -- K. Rao Kadiyala and Sune Karlsson (1993), 'Forecasting with Generalized Bayesian Vector Autoregressions', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 365-78 -- Jin-Lung Lin and C.W.J. Granger (1994), 'Forecasting from Nonlinear Models in Practice', Journal of Forecasting, 13 (1), January, 1-9 -- Chris Chatfield (1997), 'Forecasting in the 1990s', The Statistician, 46 (4), 461-73 -- Richard T. Baillie and Tim Bollerslev (1992), 'Prediction in Dynamic Models with Time-dependent Conditional Variances', Journal of Econometrics, 52, 91-113 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1993), 'On the Limitations of Comparing Mean Square Forecast Errors', Journal of Forecasting, 12, 617-37 -- Michael P. Clements and David F. Hendry (1995), 'Forecasting in Cointegrated Systems', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 10, 127-46 -- David F. Hendry (1997), 'The Econometrics of Macroeconomic Forecasting', Economic Journal, 107 (444), September, 1330-57 -- Geoffrey H. Moore (1969), 'Forecasting Short-term Economic Change', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 64 (325), March, 1-22 -- Victor Zaraowitz (1979), 'An Analysis of Annual and Multiperiod Quarterly Forecasts of Aggregate Income, Output, and the Price Level', Journal of Business, 52 (1), 1-33 -- H.O. Stekler (1968), 'Forecasting with Econometric Models: An Evaluation', Econometrica, 36 (3-4), July-October, 437-63 -- Charles R. Nelson (1972), 'The Prediction Performance of the FRB-MIT-PENN Model of the U.S. Economy', American Economic Review, 62, December, 902-17 -- J.M. Bates and C.W.J. Granger (1969), 'The Combination of Forecasts', Operational Research Quarterly, 20 (4), 451-68 -- C.W.J. Granger and P. Newbold (1973), 'Some Comments on the Evaluation of Economic Forecasts', Applied Economics, 5 (1), March, 35-47 -- Robert T. Clemen (1989), 'Combining Forecasts: A Review and Annotated Bibliography', International Journal of Forecasting, 5 (4), 559-83.
    Abstract: E. Philip Howrey, Lawrence R. Klein and Michael D. McCarthy (1974), 'Notes on Testing the Predictive Performance of Econometric Models', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 366-83 -- Ray C. Fair (1974), 'An Evaluation of a Short-run Forecasting Model', International Economic Review, 15 (2), June, 285-303 -- Ray C. Fair (1979), 'An Analysis of the Accuracy of Four Macroeconometric Models', Journal of Political Economy, 87 (4), August, 701-18 -- Stephen K. McNees (1986), 'Forecasting Accuracy of Alternative Techniques: A Comparison of U.S. Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 4 (1), January, 5-15 -- R.A. Kolb and H.O. Stekler (1990), 'The Lead and Accuracy of Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Macroeconomics, 12 (1), Winter, 111-23 -- Roy Batchelor and Pami Dua (1990), 'Forecaster Ideology, Forecasting Technique, and the Accuracy of Economic Forecasts', International Journal of Forecasting, 6 (1), 3-10 -- Stephen K. McNees (1992), 'The Uses and Abuses of "Consensus" Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 11, 703-10 -- Gordon Leitch and J. Ernest Tanner (1991), 'Economic Forecast Evaluation: Profits Versus the Conventional Error Measures', American Economic Review, 81 (3), June, 580-90 -- Francis X. Diebold and Roberto S. Mariano (1995), 'Comparing Predictive Accuracy', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 13 (3), July, 253-63 -- David I. Harvey, Stephen J. Leyboume and Paul Newbold (1998), 'Tests for Forecast Encompassing', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 16 (2), April, 254-9 -- Clive W.J. Granger (1996), 'Can We Improve the Perceived Quality of Economic Forecasts?', Journal of Applied Econometrics, 11, 455-73 -- S.S. Alexander and H.O. Stekler (1959), 'Forecasting Industrial Production - Leading Series Versus Autoregression', Journal of Political Economy, LXVII (4), August, 402-9 -- Saul H. Hymans (1973), 'On the Use of Leading Indicators to Predict Cyclical Turning Points' and 'Comments and Discussion', Brookings Papers on Economic Activity, 2, 339-84 -- Alan J. Auerbach (1982), 'The Index of Leading Indicators: "Measurement Without Theory", Thirty-five Years Later', Review of Economics and Statistics, LXIV (4), November, 589-95 -- Francis X. Diebold and Glenn D. Rudebusch (1991), 'Forecasting Output With the Composite Leading Index: A Real-time Analysis', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 86 (415), September, 603-10 -- Rebecca A. Emerson and David F. Hendry (1996), 'An Evaluation of Forecasting Using Leading Indicators', Journal of Forecasting 15 (4), July, 271-91 -- Alfred Cowles 3rd (1933), 'Can Stock Market Forecasters Forecast?', Econometrica, 1 (3), July, 309-24 -- Harry V. Roberts (1959), 'Stock-market "Patterns" and Financial Analysis: Methodological Suggestions', Journal of Finance, XIV (1), March, 1-10 -- C.W.J. Granger (1972), 'Analysis of Stock Market Price Data', Bulletin of the Institute of Mathematics and its Applications, 8, August, 229-32.
    Abstract: Clive W.J. Granger (1992), 'Forecasting Stock Market Prices: Lessons for Forecasters', International Journal of Forecasting, 8, 3-13 -- Christopher G. Lamoureux and William D. Lastrapes (1993), 'Forecasting Stock-return Variance: Toward an Understanding of Stochastic Implied Volatilities', Review of Financial Studies, 6 (2), 293-326 -- Jaesun Noh, Robert F. Engle and Alex Kane (1994), 'Forecasting Volatility and Option Prices of the S&P 500 Index', Journal of Derivatives, 2, Fall, 17-30 -- Kenneth F. Kroner, Kevin P. Kneafsey and Stijn Claessens (1995), 'Forecasting Volatility in Commodity Markets', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (2), March, 77-95 -- Kenneth D. West and Dongchul Cho (1995), 'The Predictive Ability of Several Models of Exchange Rate Volatility', Journal of Econometrics, 69, 367-91 -- Steve Satchell and Allan Timmermann (1995), 'An Assessment of the Economic Value of Non-linear Foreign Exchange Rate Forecasts', Journal of Forecasting, 14 (6), 477-97 -- Richard D. Rippe and Maurice Wilkinson (1974), 'Forecasting Accuracy of the McGraw-Hill Anticipatory Data', Journal of the American Statistical Association, 69 (348), December, 849-58 -- John A. Carlson (1977), 'A Study of Price Forecasts', Annals of Economic and Social Measurement, 6 (1), Winter, 27-56 -- Victor Zamowitz (1985), 'Rational Expectations and Macroeconomic Forecasts', Journal of Business and Economic Statistics, 3 (4), October, 293-311.
    Abstract: This authoritative and wide-ranging collection presents over fifty of the most important articles on forecasting - a technique that lies at the heart of economic policy and decision-making. This comprehensive two volume set presents the major papers in macroeconomic forecasting and policy making; time series forecasting; the econometrics of forecasting; forecast evaluation; forecasting with leading indicators; forecasting in finance and economic forecasting using surveys
    Note: The recommended readings are available in the print version, or may be available via the link to your library's holdings , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
  • 200
    ISBN: 9781785366642
    Language: English
    Pages: 1 Online-Ressource (816 p) , cm
    Series Statement: Edward Elgar E-Book Archive
    Parallel Title: Available in another form
    Parallel Title: Erscheint auch als Handbook on the history of economic analysis ; Volume 1: Great economists since Petty and Boisguilbert
    Keywords: Ökonomen ; Ökonomische Ideengeschichte ; Welt ; Economists Biography ; Electronic books ; Aufsatzsammlung ; Wirtschaftswissenschaftler ; Ideengeschichte
    Abstract: Introduction -- 1. William Petty (1623-1687) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- 2. Pierre Le Pesant de Boisguilbert (1646-1714) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 3. John Law (1671-1729) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 4. Richard Cantillon (1680/90-1734) -- Antoin E. Murphy -- 5. Charles-Louis de Secondat de Montesquieu (1689-1755) -- Arnaud Orain -- 6. François Quesnay (1694-1774) and Physiocracy -- Arnaud Orain and Philippe Steiner -- 7. Daniel Bernoulli (1700-1782) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 8. David Hume (1711-1776) -- Daniel Diatkine -- 9. James Steuart [James Denham-Steuart] (1712-1780) -- Anthony Brewer -- Antonio Genovesi (1713-1769): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 10. Adam Smith (1723-1790) -- Tony Aspromourgos -- Jean-Joseph-Louis Graslin (1727-1790): see French Enlightenment, Volume II -- 11. Anne-Robert-Jacques Turgot (1727-1781) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- Ferdinando Galiani (1728-1787): see French & Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Pietro Verri (1728-1797): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- Cesare Bonesana Beccaria (1738-1794): see Italian Enlightenment, Volume II -- 12. Marie-Jean-Antoine-Nicolas Caritat de Condorcet (1743-1794) -- Gilbert Faccarello -- 13. Jeremy Bentham (1748-1832) -- Marco E. L. Guidi -- 14. Achille-Nicolas Isnard (1749-1803) -- Richard van den Berg -- 15. Henry Thornton (1760-1815) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 16. Thomas Robert Malthus (1766-1834) -- Catherine Martin -- 17. Jean-Baptiste Say (1767-1832) -- Alain Béraud -- 18. David Ricardo (1772-1823) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 19. Jean-Charles-Léonard Simonde de Sismondi (1773-1842) -- Francesca Dal Degan and Nicolas Eyguesier -- 20. Thomas Tooke (1774-1858) -- Neil Skaggs -- 21. Johann Heinrich von Thünen (1780-1850) -- Ludwig Nellinger -- 22. Robert Torrens (c.1780-1864) -- Christian Gehrke -- 23. Barthélémy-Charles Dunoyer de Segonzac -- Alain Béraud -- 24. Friedrich List (1789-1846) -- Stefan Kolev and Joachim Zweynert -- 25. Frédéric Bastiat (1801-1850) -- Alain Béraud -- 26. Antoine-Augustin Cournot (1801-1877) -- Alain Béraud -- 27. Jules Dupuit (1804-1866) -- Alain Béraud -- 28. John Stuart Mill (1806-1873) -- Arrigo Opocher -- 29. Pierre-Joseph Proudhon (1809-1865) -- Alain Béraud -- 30. Hermann Heinrich Gossen (1810-1858) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 31. Bruno Hildebrand (1812-1878) -- Bertram Schefold -- 32. Wilhelm George Friedrich Roscher (1817-1894) -- Heinz D. Kurz -- 33. Karl Heinrich Marx (1818-1883) -- Gilbert Faccarello, Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 34. Clément Juglar (1819-1905) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrande -- 35. Gustave de Molinari (1819-1912) -- Alain Béraud -- 36. Walter Bagehot (1826-1877) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 37. Adolph Heinrich Gotthilf Wagner (1834-1917) -- Rudolf Dujmovits and Richard Sturn -- 38. Marie Esprit Léon Walras (1834-1910) -- Roberto Baranzini -- 39. William Stanley Jevons (1835-1882) -- John Creedy -- 40. Gustav Friedrich von Schmoller (1838-1917) -- Johannes Glaeser -- 41. Henry Sidgwick (1838-1900) -- Keith Tribe -- 42. Alfred Marshall (1842-1924) -- Tiziano Raffaelli -- 43. Carl Menger (1840-1921) -- Gilles Campagnolo -- 44. Philip Henry Wicksteed (1844-1927) -- John Creedy -- 45. Francis Ysidro Edgeworth (1845-1926) -- John Creedy -- 46. John Bates Clark (1847-1938) -- Marlies Hanna Schütz -- 47. Vilfedo Pareto (1848-1923) -- Michael McLure -- 48. Eugen von Böhm-Bawerk (1851-1914) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 49. Knut Wicksell (1851-1926) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 50. Friedrich von Wieser (1851-1926) -- Richard Sturn -- 51. Maffeo Pantaleoni (1857-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 52. Thorstein Bunde Veblen (1857-1929) -- Alfonso Giuliani -- 53. Antonio De Viti de Marco (1858-1943) -- Amedeo Fossati -- 54. John Atkinson Hobson (1858-1940) -- Michael Schneider -- 55. Georg Simmel (1858-1918) -- Dieter Bögenhold -- 56. Enrico Barone (1859-1924) -- Marco Dardi -- 57. Max Weber (1864-1920) -- Keith Tribe -- 58. Mikhail Ivanovich Tugan-Baranovsky (1865-1919) -- Vladimir Avtonomov and Natalia Makasheva -- 59. Gustav Cassel (1866-1945) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 60. Irving Fisher (1867-1947) -- Harald Hagemann -- 61. Ladislaus von Bortkiewicz (1868-1931) -- Christian Gehrke and Heinz D. Kurz -- 62. Vladimir Karpovich Dmitriev (1868-1913) -- Christian Gehrke -- 63. Louis Bachelier (1870-1946) -- Alain Béraud -- 64. Arthur Spiethoff (1873-1957) -- David Haas -- 65. Albert Aftalion (1874-1956) -- Muriel Dal Pont-Legrand -- 66. Wesley Clair Mitchell (1874-1948) -- Malcolm Rutherford -- 67. Edwin Walter Kemmerer (1875-1945) -- Rebeca Gómez Betancourt -- 68. Arthur Cecil Pigou (1877-1959) -- Hansjörg Klausinger -- 69. Ralph George Hawtrey (1879-1975) -- Jérôme de Boyer des Roches -- 70. Evgeni Evgenievich Slutsky (1880-1948) -- Irina Eliseeva -- 71. Ludwig Heinrich von Mises (1881-1973) -- Richard Sturn -- 72. John Maynard Keynes (1883-1946) -- Victoria Chick and Jesper Jespersen -- 73. Joseph Alois Schumpeter (1883-1950) -- Richard Sturn -- 74. Frank H. Knight (1885-1972) -- Ross B. Emmett -- 75. Karl Polanyi (1886-1964) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 76. Walter Eucken (1891-1950) -- Hauke Janssen -- 77. Erik Lindahl (1891-1960) -- Christian Gehrke -- 78. Adolph Lowe (1893-1995) -- Harald Hagemann -- 79. Ragnar Anton Kittil Frisch (1895-1973) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 80. Jacob Marschak (1898-1977) -- Harald Hagemann -- 81. Gunnar Myrdal (1898-1987) -- Hans-Michael Trautwein -- 82. Lionel Charles Robbins (1898-1984) -- Andreas Rainer -- 83. Piero Sraffa (1898-1983) -- Heinz D. Kurz and Neri Salvadori -- 84. Edward H. Chamberlin (1899-1967) -- Rodolfo Signorino -- 85. Friedrich August von Hayek (1899-1992) -- Peter Boettke -- 86. Michał Kalecki (1899-1970) -- Michaël Assous -- 87. Roy Forbes Harrod (1900-1978) -- Michaël Assous -- 88. Abba Ptachya Lerner (1903-1982) -- Volker Caspari -- 89. John von Neumann (1903-1957) -- Manfred J. Holler -- 90. Frank Plumpton Ramsey (1903-1930) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ragupathy Venkatachalam -- 91. Joan Violet Robinson (1903-1983) -- Harvey Gram -- 92. George Lennox Sharman Shackle (1903-1992) -- Brian J. Loasby -- 93. Jan Tinbergen (1903-1994) -- Mark Knell -- 94. John Richard Hicks (1904-1989) -- Harald Hagemann -- 95. Oskar Ryszard Lange (1904-1965) -- Michaël Assous -- 96. Richard Ferdinand Kahn (1905-1989) -- Geoffrey C. Harcourt -- 97. Wassily W. Leontief (1905-1999) -- Olav Bjerkholt -- 98. Heinrich von Stackelberg (1905-1946) -- Ulrich Schwalbe -- 99. James Edward Meade (1907-1995) -- Volker Caspari -- 100. Nicholas Kaldor (1908-1986) -- John E. King -- 101. Ronald Harry Coase (1910-2013) -- Élodie Bertrand -- 102. Richard Abel Musgrave (1910-2007) -- Richard Sturn -- 103. Tibor Scitovsky (1910-2002) -- Viviana Di Giovinazzo -- 104. Maurice Allais (1911-2010) -- Alain Béraud -- 105. Milton Friedman (1912-2006) -- Christian Philipp Schröder and Peter Spahn -- 106. Abram Bergson [Abram Burk] (1914-2003) -- Antoinette Baujard -- 107. Paul Anthony Samuelson (1915-2009) -- Carl Christian von Weizsäcker -- 108. Herbert Alexander Simon (1916-2001) -- K. Vela Velupillai and Ying-Fang Kao -- 109. James Tobin (1918-2002) -- Robert W. Dimand -- 110. James M. Buchanan (1919-2013) -- Viktor Vanberg -- 111. Hyman Philip Minsky (1919-1996) -- L. Randall Wray -- 112. Kenneth Joseph Arrow (1921) -- Maurice Salles -- 113. Gérard Debreu (1921-2004) -- Alan Kirman -- 114. Don Patinkin (1922-1995) -- Goulven Rubin -- 115. Michio Morishima (1923-2004) -- Toichiro Asada -- 116. Robert Merton Solow (1924) -- Peter Kalmbach -- 117. John Forbes Nash (1928-2015) -- Robert W. Diamand and Khalid Yahia -- 118. Robert Alexander Mundell (1932) -- Oliver Sauter and Peter Spahn -- 119. Takashi Negishi (1933) -- Toichiro Asada -- 120. Amartya Kumar Sen (1933) -- Wulf Gaertner -- 121. Robert E. Lucas (1937) -- Arash Molavi Vasséi snd Peter Spahn -- 122. George Akerlof (1940) -- Olivier Favereau -- 123. Joseph Eugene Stiglitz (1943) -- Max Gödl -- 124. Paul Robin Krugman (1953) -- Max Gödl.
    Abstract: This unique troika of Handbooks provides indispensable coverage of the history of economic analysis. Edited by two of the foremost academics in the field, the volumes gather together insightful and original contributions from scholars across the world. The encyclopaedic breadth and scope of the original entries will make these Handbooks an invaluable source of knowledge for all serious students and scholars of the history of economic thought. Volume I contains original biographical profiles of many of the most important and influential economists from the seventeenth century to the present day. These inform the reader about their lives, works and impact on the further development of the discipline. The emphasis is on their lasting contributions to our understanding of the complex system known as the economy. The entries also shed light on the means and ways in which the functioning of this system can be improved and its dysfunction reduced
    Note: Contributors include: T. Asada, T. Aspromourgos, M. Assous, V. Avtonomov, R. Baranzini, A. Baujard, A. Béraud, É. Bertrand, O. Bjerkholt, P. Boettke, D. Bögenhold, A. Brewer, G. Campagnolo, V. Caspari, V. Chick J. Creedy, F. Dal Degan, M. Dal Pont-Legrande, M. Dardi, J. de Boyer des Roches, D. Diatkine, V. Di Giovinazzo, R.W. Dimand, R. Dujmovits, I. Eliseeva, R.B. Emmett, N. Eyguesier, G. Faccarello, O. Favereau, A. Fossati, W. Gaertner, C. Gehrke, A. Giuliani, J. Glaeser, M. Gödl, R. Gómez Betancourt, H. Gram, M.E.L. Guidi, D. Haas, H. Hagemann, G.C. Harcourt, M.J. Holler, H. Janssen, J. Jespersen, J. Joachim Zweynert, P. Kalmbach, Y.-F. Kao, J.E. King, A. Kirman, H. Klausinger, M. Knell, S. Kolev, H.D. Kurz, B.J. Loasby, N. Makasheva, C. Martin, M. McLure, A. Molavi Vasséi, A.E. Murphy, L. Nellinger, S. Oliver, A. Opocher, A. Orain, T. Raffaelli, A. Rainer, G. Rubin, M. Rutherford, M. Salles, N. Salvadori,B. Schefold, M. Schneider, C.P. Schröder, M.H. Schütz, U. Schwalbe, R. Signorino, N. Skaggs, P. Spahn, P. Steiner, R. Sturn, H.-M. Trautwein, K. Tribe, R. Van den Berg, V. Vanberg, K. Velupillai, R. Venkatachalam, C.C. von Weizsäcker, L.R. Wray, K. Yahia , Includes bibliographical references and index
    Library Location Call Number Volume/Issue/Year Availability
    BibTip Others were also interested in ...
Close ⊗
This website uses cookies and the analysis tool Matomo. More information can be found here...